WO2020001317A1 - V2x communication method, device, and system - Google Patents

V2x communication method, device, and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020001317A1
WO2020001317A1 PCT/CN2019/091653 CN2019091653W WO2020001317A1 WO 2020001317 A1 WO2020001317 A1 WO 2020001317A1 CN 2019091653 W CN2019091653 W CN 2019091653W WO 2020001317 A1 WO2020001317 A1 WO 2020001317A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network device
terminal
information
resource
request
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/091653
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
彭文杰
王君
戴明增
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020001317A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020001317A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a V2X communication method, device, and system.
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • V2X may represent a vehicle, a pedestrian, a road facility, or a network, etc. That is, V2X may include vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I) communication, and vehicle. -Pedestrian-to-pedestrian (V2P) communication, or vehicle-to-network (V2N) communication, etc.
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2I vehicle-to-infrastructure
  • V2P vehicle-to-pedestrian
  • V2N vehicle-to-network
  • V2X vehicle to X
  • vehicle to X is a key technology for future intelligent transportation systems. It enables vehicles to communicate with the outside world to obtain a series of traffic information such as real-time road conditions, road information, and pedestrian information, thereby improving driving safety and reducing congestion. , Improve transportation efficiency, provide on-board entertainment information, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a V2X communication method, device and system, so as to improve the data throughput rate of V2X.
  • V2X in this application may be replaced with a side link (SL) or V2X SL.
  • a V2X communication method is provided, which is executed by a first network device.
  • the method includes: the first network device sends a request message to the second network device, and receives a response message sent by the second network device.
  • the request message is used to request the second network device to configure V2X resources for the terminal, and the response message includes V2X resource configuration information, and the V2X resource configuration information is used to indicate the V2X resources configured for the terminal.
  • the first network device sends the V2X resource configuration information to the terminal.
  • a V2X communication method is provided, which is executed by a second network device.
  • the method includes: the second network device receives a request message from the first network device, the request message is used to request the second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal.
  • the second network device configures a V2X resource for the terminal according to the request message, and sends a response message to the first network device.
  • the response message includes V2X resource configuration information, and the V2X resource configuration information is used to indicate the V2X resource configured for the terminal.
  • the terminal can receive the V2X resource configuration information, thereby obtaining V2X resources of more cells than the cell of the first network device, and using the V2X resources to initiate V2X services, thereby improving the V2X data throughput rate.
  • V2X resources can also be referred to as V2X SL resources or SL resources, which are resources used for terminal-to-terminal communication through the PC5 interface.
  • the above request message includes V2X information of the terminal.
  • the V2X information of the terminal includes one or more of the following information: V2X request indication, V2X authorization information, V2X aggregate maximum bit rate AMBR, V2X capability information, V2X maximum transmit power, and V2X service type information.
  • the V2X request indication is used to instruct the second network device to allocate V2X resources to the terminal, or used to instruct the second network device to request V2X resource configuration, or used to notify the second network device that the terminal has a V2X service requirement.
  • V2X authorization information is used to indicate the type of terminal to which the terminal is authorized.
  • the V2X authorization information may be obtained by the first network device from the core network device.
  • the first network device and the second network device have different radio access technologies (RATs)
  • the first network device and the second network device may share the same V2X authorization information, or the first network
  • the device and the second network device use separate V2X authorization information.
  • different RAT technologies use separate V2X authorization information
  • the first network device obtains different authorization information from the core network device, which are respectively used for different RAT technologies.
  • the above method further includes: the first network device obtains the first authorization information and the second authorization information from the core network device, wherein the first authorization information is used for the first network device or for a RAT of the first network device, and the second The authorization information is used for the second network device or the RAT for the second network device; the first network device carries the second authorization information in the request message, that is, the V2X authorization information in the request message is sent to the second network device.
  • V2X AMBR is obtained by the first network device from the core network device.
  • the first network device and the second network device may share the same V2X AMBR, or the first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) use separate V2X AMBRs.
  • the first network device obtains different AMBRs from the core network device and uses them for different RAT technologies.
  • the above method further includes: the first network device obtains the first AMBR and the second AMBR from the core network device, where the first AMBR is used for the first network device or for the RAT of the first network device, and the second AMBR is used for The second network device or the RAT used for the second network device; the first network device carries the second AMBR in the request message, that is, the V2X AMBR in the request message is sent to the second network device.
  • the V2X capability information includes all or part of the capability information reported by the terminal to the first network device.
  • the V2X maximum transmission power is used to indicate the maximum transmission power allowed for the terminal when using the V2X resources configured by the second network device for V2X communication.
  • the first network device and the second network device may share the maximum transmission power or use independent maximum transmission power.
  • the above method further includes: the first network device obtains the maximum transmission power from the terminal, and divides the maximum transmission power for the first network device (or the first network device).
  • the above method further includes: the first network device obtains a first maximum transmission for the first network device (or the RAT of the first network device) from the terminal. Power and the second maximum transmission power for the second network device (or the RAT of the second network device), and the second maximum transmission power is carried in the request message, that is, the V2X maximum transmission power in the request message is sent to The second network device.
  • the V2X service type information may include a V2X service type indication or a V2X quality of service (QoS) parameter, which is used to indicate a V2X service type or QoS requirement.
  • the service types include: 1. IP or non-IP; 2. V2V, V2I, V2N or V2P; 3. Supplier service identifier (PSID) or intelligent transportation system application identifier (ITS-AID).
  • V2X QoS parameters include single packet priority (PPPP) or single packet reliability (PPPR) or QoS flow identification (QFI) or 5G QoS indication (5QI) or priority level, or any combination thereof.
  • the above method further includes: the first network device may further send V2X service type information transferred to the second network device to the terminal.
  • the V2X service type information includes a V2X service type indication or a V2X QoS parameter.
  • the V2X service type information may be carried in the same configuration message as the V2X resource configuration information.
  • the above V2X resource configuration information includes a side-link wireless network temporary identification (SL-RNTI) and V2X resources.
  • the V2X resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following information: V2X synchronization configuration, synchronization reference type configuration, area configuration information, V2X inter-frequency information, SL transmission priority configuration parameters, SL priority, Modulation and coding strategy (MCS), and transmit power.
  • the above request message is a secondary node (SN) addition request message
  • the above response message is an SN addition request confirmation message. That is, in the process of adding a SN to a dual connection (DC), the configuration of V2X resources by the SN is implemented. In the existing DC technology, the configuration of the DC is triggered only when the bearer is to be offloaded to the SN. In this application, for V2X services, since the bearer does not necessarily need to be generated, this principle may not be applicable, that is, the SN addition request process may be triggered in order to support V2X services. Alternatively, a new process can be introduced, similar to the SN adding request process. At this time, the above request message is a new request message, for example, it can be called a V2X / SL request message, etc. In this way, it can be backward compatible without affecting the existing DC mechanism.
  • SN secondary node
  • the terminal uses the air interface resources of the SN, it needs to perform random access with the SN.
  • the terminal has no other services besides the V2X service, the SN is only added to support the V2X service, and the synchronization source does not select the SN. At this time, the terminal may not synchronize with the SN, that is, not to the SN Initiate random access.
  • the configuration of V2X resources by the SN can be completed during the initial configuration of the DC, and then the terminal can use the V2X resources configured by the SN to perform V2X communication, and obtain V2X of more cells than the cell of the master node (MN) Resources to improve V2X data throughput.
  • MN master node
  • the above request message is an SN modification request message
  • the above response message is an SN modification request confirmation message. That is, in the dual connection (DC) SN modification process, the configuration of V2X resources by the SN is realized.
  • the SN modification request message is used to request to modify the configuration of the SN, for example, to request that certain bearers be established on the SN, or to modify the SCG bearer, the SCG part of the split bearer, or to request the addition or release of an SCG cell. Wait.
  • the SN may be requested to update the V2X resource configuration for the terminal. For example, when the terminal updates the frequency information of interest, the MN may inform the SN of the updated frequency information and let the SN change the configuration, that is, the SN is reconfigured for the terminal. V2X resources.
  • the MN when the MN decides to change the V2X service or V2X QoS assigned to the SN, it informs the SN of the changed V2X service or V2X QoS and lets the SN change the configuration, that is, the SN reconfigures the V2X resources for the terminal.
  • the first network device can interact with other network devices to support V2X, so when selecting the second network device, the first network device can select a network device capable of supporting the V2X function as the second network. Equipment, thereby reducing the possibility that the second network device selected by the first network device for the terminal cannot provide corresponding services when the terminal has a demand for V2X services.
  • the above method further includes: the first network device receives V2X support information from the second network device; and when the first network device determines that the second network device supports the V2X service according to the V2X support information, sending the second network device to the second network device Request message.
  • the V2X support information may include: V2X capability information, which is used to indicate whether the second network device supports V2X services; or, a V2X service type, which is used to indicate the V2X service type supported by the second network device; or, V2X service quality
  • the QoS parameter is used to indicate the V2X QoS supported by the second network device; or the frequency of providing the V2X service is used to indicate the frequency used by the second network device for the V2X service.
  • the first network device can know whether other network devices support V2X services, so when the terminal has V2X service requirements, it selects a network device that supports V2X services as the second network device. For example, in the DC scenario, select Network devices that support V2X services act as SNs. When using the V2X service type, the first network device can know not only whether other network devices support V2X services, but also the type of V2X services supported by other network devices, so as to select a second network device that matches the V2X service type of the terminal. .
  • the first network device can not only know whether other network devices support V2X services, but also know the V2X QoS level supported by other network devices, so as to select a second network device that matches the terminal V2X QoS level.
  • the first network device can not only know whether other network devices support V2X services, but also know the frequencies supported by the second network device.
  • the frequency of the cell under the network device is, for example, 1.8G, but it supports inter-frequency V2X, that is, it supports the allocation of V2X resources of other frequencies to the terminal, such as 5.9G.
  • the first network device can receive the frequency that the terminal is interested in from the terminal, and when selecting the SN, it can judge whether the SN supports the frequency that the terminal is interested in.
  • the first network device can inform the terminal of its ability to support the configuration of more cell V2X resources for the terminal. This can help the terminal to consider the impact of V2X when selecting a cell to camp on, and when supporting V2X services, You can preferentially choose a cell that has this function.
  • the above method further includes: the first network device sends notification information to the terminal, and the notification information is used to indicate that the first network device supports a capability of configuring more V2X resources of the cell for the terminal.
  • the notification information is used to indicate the ability of the first network device to support the configuration of a V2X resource of a different system cell for the terminal, that is, to indicate that the first network device supports Ability to configure different systems of V2X services for terminals.
  • the terminal can report to the network device whether the terminal supports V2X capability information.
  • the capability information can further be the terminal's support capability for NR V2X.
  • the capability information can be reported to the RAN side or to the core. Network side.
  • the capability information may be, for example, a V2X service type.
  • the network device can configure NR V2X measurement for the terminal or V2XDC for the terminal when it knows that the terminal supports NR V2X or supports DC for V2X.
  • the above method further includes: the first network device receives V2X capability information from the terminal.
  • a V2X communication device is also provided, and when it is used for the first network device, it includes a unit or means for performing each step performed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the first aspect above; When it is used for the second network device, it includes units or means for performing each step performed by the second network device in any one of the implementations of the first aspect above.
  • a V2X communication device which includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store the program, and the processor calls the program in the memory.
  • the processor calls the program in the memory.
  • it is used in the first network device, it is used to execute any one of the first aspects above.
  • a V2X communication device which includes a processor and an interface circuit.
  • the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices.
  • the processor is used to perform any of the foregoing first aspects.
  • a V2X communication device is provided, which is connected to the memory and is used to read and execute the program stored in the memory.
  • the first network device When it is used in the first network device, it is used to implement any one of the implementations of the first aspect above.
  • a program is provided for implementing the method executed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the above first aspect when executed by a processor, or used to implement any of the above first aspects.
  • the method executed by the second network device in the implementation.
  • a program product such as a computer-readable storage medium, including the above program.
  • a V2X communication method which is executed by a first network device and includes: the first network device sends V2X measurement configuration information to a terminal, where the V2X measurement configuration information includes a cell identifier of a second network device, and a second network device The V2X resource information and the V2X measurement event of the cell; the first network device receives the measurement result that the terminal performs measurement and reports according to the V2X measurement configuration information.
  • a V2X communication method is provided and executed by a terminal.
  • the method includes: the terminal receives V2X measurement configuration information from a first network device, performs measurement according to the measurement configuration information, and reports a measurement result.
  • the V2X measurement configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second network device, V2X resource information of a cell of the second network device, and a V2X measurement event.
  • the terminal determines the cell to be measured according to the cell identifier, obtains the V2X resource location according to the V2X resource information, and measures the V2X resource. When the measurement result meets the requirements of the V2X measurement event, the terminal reports the measurement result.
  • the network device configures V2X measurement for the terminal to obtain the measurement result of the V2X service quality of the other cell by the terminal, so as to select a suitable cell to provide the terminal with V2X service according to the measurement result, so that the selected cell can satisfy the terminal's service for V2X services. Quality requirements.
  • This method can be combined with the method provided in the first aspect above to further improve the V2X service quality of the terminal on the second network device, thereby improving the V2X data throughput rate.
  • the measurement result is, for example, a channel busy rate (CBR).
  • CBR channel busy rate
  • the measurement result is carried in a measurement report, and the measurement report further includes an identifier of the first cell, where the first cell is a cell whose measurement result satisfies a measurement event.
  • the measurement report may further include a measurement event identifier, which is used to indicate a measurement event satisfied by the measurement result, or is used to indicate a measurement event that triggers the measurement result to be reported.
  • a measurement event identifier which is used to indicate a measurement event satisfied by the measurement result, or is used to indicate a measurement event that triggers the measurement result to be reported.
  • the measurement report may further include a V2X resource reporting identifier, which is used to indicate the V2X resource corresponding to the measurement result.
  • the V2X measurement configuration information may also include a resource reporting identifier.
  • the resource reporting identifier is used to identify the V2X resource, that is, the terminal may carry the resource reporting identifier when reporting the measurement result, and is used to identify the V2X resource corresponding to the reported measurement result.
  • the first network device may obtain the cell information of the second network device from the network management device, such as a cell identifier and V2X resource information of the cell, and generate V2X measurement configuration information accordingly.
  • the first network device may obtain cell information from the second network device, such as a cell identifier and V2X resource information of the cell, and generate V2X measurement configuration information accordingly.
  • the above method may include: the first network device acquires the cell identifier and the V2X resource information of the cell from the second network device; and the first network device generates the V2X measurement configuration information according to the obtained cell identifier and the V2X resource information of the cell.
  • V2X measurement events include one or more of the following events:
  • the channel busy rate (CBR) of the V2X resources in the neighboring cell is less than the threshold value or less than or equal to the first threshold value;
  • the CBR of the V2X resource of the serving cell of the first network device is greater than or equal to the second threshold, and the CBR of the V2X resources of the neighboring cell is less than or equal to the third threshold;
  • the CBR of the V2X resource of the serving cell of the second network device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold, and the CBR of the V2X resources of the neighboring cell is less than or equal to the fifth threshold;
  • the CBR of the V2X resource of the serving cell of the second network device is greater than or equal to a sixth threshold.
  • V2X communication device which includes units or means for performing each step performed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above.
  • a V2X communication device which includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store the program, and the processor calls the program in the memory to execute the method performed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above. .
  • a V2X communication device which includes a processor and an interface circuit, where the interface circuit is configured to communicate with other devices, and the processor is configured to execute the first network device in any of the implementations of the second aspect above. method.
  • V2X communication device which is connected to the memory and is used to read and execute the program stored in the memory, and is used to implement the method executed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above.
  • a program which when executed by a processor, is used to implement the method executed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above.
  • a program product such as a computer-readable storage medium, including the above program.
  • V2X communication device which includes units or means for performing each step performed by the terminal in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above.
  • a V2X communication device which includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store the program, and the processor calls the program in the memory to execute the method executed by the terminal in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above.
  • a V2X communication device which includes a processor and an interface circuit, where the interface circuit is configured to communicate with other devices, and the processor is configured to execute the method executed by the terminal in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above.
  • V2X communication device is also provided, which is connected to the memory and is used to read and execute the program stored in the memory, and is used to implement the method executed by the terminal in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above.
  • a program is provided for implementing the method for terminal execution in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above when executed by a processor.
  • a program product such as a computer-readable storage medium, including the above program.
  • the first network device and the second network device may both configure V2X resources for the terminal.
  • V2X resources provided by the first network device to the terminal are insufficient to meet the terminal's business needs, or to meet the throughput requirements, more network devices can be triggered, for example, the second network device configures V2X for the terminal. Resources.
  • other network devices that can support the service such as a second network device, can be triggered to configure V2X resources for the terminal.
  • the terminal can obtain the V2X resources of the first network device and the V2X resources of the second network device.
  • which network device configuration can be used for service transmission V2X resources are designed to improve the efficiency and throughput of V2X communications.
  • the matching between the service and the RAT can be improved, which is more conducive to the improvement of communication quality.
  • a V2X communication method for a communication system in which a first network device and a second network device jointly provide a terminal with a V2X service.
  • the method includes: the terminal determining a target network device, the target network device being The first network device and / or the second network device; the terminal uses V2X resources configured by the target network device to perform V2X communication with other terminals.
  • the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different.
  • the terminal presets a correspondence relationship between a service type and a RAT.
  • the terminal determining the target network device includes: the terminal determines the target RAT corresponding to the service type according to the service type of the data; and determines the first network device or the second network device whose RAT is the target RAT as the target network device.
  • the terminal presets a correspondence relationship between a quality of service (QoS) parameter and a RAT.
  • the terminal determines a target network device, including: the terminal determines a target RAT corresponding to the QoS parameter according to the data QoS parameter; The first network device or the second network device is determined as the target network device.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the terminal presets a correspondence relationship between a service type and a network device or a correspondence relationship between a QoS parameter and a network device.
  • the terminal determining the target network device includes: according to the service type or QoS parameter of the data, the terminal determines that the network device corresponding to the service type or QoS parameter is the target network device.
  • the network side issues a policy, so that the terminal decides which network device's V2X resources to use according to the policy issued by the network side.
  • the above method further includes: the terminal receives a policy from the network side, and determines a target network device according to the policy.
  • the policy includes a correspondence between a service type and a RAT or a correspondence between a QoS parameter and a RAT.
  • the terminal determines the target network device according to the policy, including: the terminal determines the service type of the data or the QoS parameter of the data The target RAT corresponding to the service type or QoS parameter; the first network device or the second network device whose RAT is the target RAT is determined as the target network device.
  • the policy includes a correspondence between a service type and a network device or a correspondence between a QoS parameter and a network device.
  • the terminal determines the target network device according to the policy, including the terminal's service type based on data or QoS parameters based on data. , Determine the network device corresponding to the service type or QoS parameter as the target network device.
  • the policy includes a threshold value of a QoS parameter.
  • the terminal determining the target network device according to the policy includes: the terminal determines the target RAT of the data according to the QoS parameter of the data, where the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device when the QoS parameter of the data is greater than a threshold value; When the QoS parameter of the data is less than the threshold, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is equal to the threshold, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device or the second network device.
  • the target RAT when the QoS parameter of the data is greater than the threshold, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is less than the threshold, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is equal to When the threshold is set, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device or the second network device.
  • the terminal determining the target network device according to the policy includes: the terminal determines the target network device according to the QoS parameters of the data, where the target network device is the first network device when the QoS parameter of the data is greater than a threshold value; when the QoS parameter of the data When it is less than the threshold value, the target network device is the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is equal to the threshold value, the target network device is the first network device or the second network device.
  • the target network device when the QoS parameter of the data is greater than the threshold, the target network device is the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is less than the threshold, the target network device is the first network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is equal to the threshold Value, the target network device is the first network device or the second network device.
  • the policy includes a preset value or a preset range of the QoS parameters.
  • the strategy includes a first preset value and a second preset value.
  • the terminal determining the target network device according to the policy includes: the terminal determines the target RAT of the data according to the QoS parameters of the data; and determines that the network device whose RAT is the target RAT is the target network device.
  • the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device
  • the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device.
  • the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is the second preset value, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device.
  • the terminal determining the target network device according to the policy includes: the terminal determining the target network device according to the QoS parameters of the data. Wherein, when the QoS parameter of the data is the first preset value, the target network device is the first network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is the second preset value, the target network device is the second network device. Alternatively, when the QoS parameter of the data is the first preset value, the target network device is the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is the second preset value, the target network device is the first network device.
  • the strategy includes a first preset range and a second preset range.
  • the terminal determining the target network device according to the policy includes: the terminal determines the target RAT of the data according to the QoS parameters of the data; and determines that the network device whose RAT is the target RAT is the target network device.
  • the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device; when the QoS parameters of the data are within the second preset range, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device.
  • the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device; when the QoS parameters of the data are within the second preset range, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device.
  • the terminal determining the target network device according to the policy includes: the terminal determining the target network device according to the QoS parameters of the data. Wherein, when the QoS parameter of the data is within the first preset range, the target network device is the first network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is within the second preset range, the target network device is the second network device.
  • the target network device is a second network device; when the QoS parameters of the data are within the second preset range, the target network device is the first network device.
  • the terminal determines the target network device according to the policy, including: the terminal determines the target RAT of the data according to the QoS parameters of the data; and determines the RAT as the network device of the target RAT Is the target network device. Or, the terminal determines the target network device according to the QoS parameters of the data.
  • the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device; or the target network device is the first network device.
  • the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device; or the target network device is the second network device.
  • the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device; or the target network device is the second network device.
  • the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device; or the target network device is the first network device.
  • the above policy may be generated after interaction between the first network device and the second network device, and further configured to the terminal.
  • the first network device sends a service type or QoS parameter to the second network device for requesting a V2X service type or QoS supported by the second network device.
  • the service type or QoS parameter sent by the first network device to the second network device may be one (or one) or multiple (or multiple), and the second network device may accept all or only a part of it.
  • the second network device notifies the first network device of the accepted service type or QoS parameter, and the first network device generates a policy according to the service type or QoS parameter accepted by the second network device. For example, determining the second network device as the service type of the target network device, the threshold value of the QoS parameter, or the preset value or preset range of the QoS parameter is generated according to the service type or QoS parameter received by the second network device.
  • the above policy may be activated when a predetermined condition is met, and if the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the service is rolled back to the first network device.
  • the first network device configures a CBR threshold value for the terminal, and the CBR threshold value may include a first CBR threshold value of a cell of the first network device and a second CBR threshold value of a cell of the second network device.
  • the CBR result measured by the terminal meets the threshold, for example, the CBR of the cell of the first network device is greater than or equal to the first CBR threshold, and the CBR of the cell of the second network device is less than or equal to the second CBR threshold , Enable the above strategy, otherwise, return the service to the first network device.
  • the above QoS parameters are, for example, PPPP, PPPR, QFI, 5QI, or a priority level.
  • the first network device decides the target network device and notifies the terminal.
  • the above method further includes: the terminal receives instruction information from the first network device, the instruction information is used to indicate the target network device; the terminal determines the target The network device includes: determining a target network device according to the instruction information.
  • the indication information is V2X resource information allocated for the target network device.
  • V2X communication device which includes units or means for performing each step performed by the terminal in any one of the implementations of the third aspect above.
  • a V2X communication device which includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store the program, and the processor calls the program in the memory to execute the method executed by the terminal in any one of the implementations of the third aspect above.
  • a V2X communication device which includes a processor and an interface circuit, where the interface circuit is configured to communicate with other devices, and the processor is configured to execute the method executed by the terminal in any one of the foregoing third aspects.
  • V2X communication device is also provided, which is connected to the memory and is used to read and execute the program stored in the memory, and is used to implement the method executed by the terminal in any one of the implementations of the third aspect above.
  • a program is provided for implementing a method for terminal execution in any one of the above implementations when executed by a processor.
  • a program product such as a computer-readable storage medium, including the above program.
  • a V2X communication method is also provided for a communication system in which a first network device and a second network device jointly provide a terminal with a V2X service.
  • the method includes: the first network device generates policy or instruction information, and the first network The device sends the policy or instruction information to the terminal, where the policy is used to determine the target network device, and the instruction information is used to indicate the target network device.
  • policies and instructions are the same as described above.
  • the above method for determining the target network device can be understood as a semi-static method.
  • the following describes a method for dynamically determining the target network device.
  • the first network device selects the target network device for resource scheduling at the request of the terminal for V2X resource authorization.
  • the method includes: a first network device receives a first request from a terminal, the first request is used to request V2X resource authorization; the first network device determines a target network device, wherein the target network device is a network device that provides V2X resource authorization, and is The first network device or the second network device, or the first network device and the second network device.
  • the target network device includes a first network device
  • the first network device sends a V2X resource authorization to the terminal.
  • the target network device includes a second network device
  • the first network device sends a second request to the second network device to request the second network device to perform V2X resource authorization for the terminal.
  • the first network device sends instruction information to the terminal, where the instruction information is used to indicate the target network device.
  • the target network device includes a second network device
  • the second network device may send the V2X resource authorization to the terminal through the first network device, or may directly send the V2X resource authorization to the terminal.
  • the indication information includes a V2X resource authorization generated by the second network device.
  • V2X communication device which includes units or means for performing each step performed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the third aspect above.
  • a V2X communication device which includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store the program, and the processor calls the program in the memory to execute the method performed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the third aspect above. .
  • a V2X communication device which includes a processor and an interface circuit, where the interface circuit is configured to communicate with other devices, and the processor is configured to execute the first network device in any of the implementations of the third aspect above. method.
  • V2X communication device is also provided, which is connected to the memory and is used to read and execute the program stored in the memory, and is used to implement the method executed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the third aspect above.
  • a program is provided for implementing the method executed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the third aspect above when the program is executed by the processor.
  • a program product such as a computer-readable storage medium, including the above program.
  • a V2X communication method is provided, which is executed by a first network device.
  • the method includes: a first network device receives instruction information from a core network device, the instruction information is used to indicate a bearer for a V3 interface; and the first network device determines a bearer for a V3 interface according to the instruction information, and determines The bearer is established to the first network device or the second network device.
  • the first network device When it is determined that the bearer is to be established to the second network device, the first network device sends a request message to the second network device, where the request message is used to request that the bearer for the V3 interface be established to the second network device.
  • a V2X communication method is provided, which is executed by a second network device.
  • the method includes: the second network device receives a request message from the first network device, the request message is used to request the establishment of a bearer for the V3 interface to the first Two network devices; the second network device establishes a bearer for the V3 interface according to the request message, and uses the bearer to communicate with the terminal.
  • the above indication information is carried in a bearer establishment request message, that is, the first network device receives a bearer establishment request message from a core network device, and the bearer establishment request message includes the indication information.
  • the indication information is used to indicate a bearer used for a V3 interface or a bearer used for a V2X.
  • the second network device may also send a response message of the request message to the first network device.
  • the response message carries a bearer identifier for identifying a bearer established for the V3 interface by the second network device.
  • the above request message carries a bearer identifier requested by the first network device to establish by the second network device
  • the second network device carries an indication cell in the response message, where the indication cell is used to instruct the first network device to request establishment
  • the bearer establishment succeeds or fails.
  • the second network device carries a bearer identifier in the response message, which is used to identify the bearer established for the V3 interface by the second network device.
  • the response message may carry the configuration information of the bearer for the V3 interface.
  • the first network device may also send the configuration information to the terminal.
  • the RRC connection reconfiguration message may be sent to the terminal.
  • a V2X communication device is also provided, and when it is used for the first network device, it includes units or means for performing each step performed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect above; When it is used for the second network device, it includes units or means for performing each step performed by the second network device in any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect above.
  • a V2X communication device which includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store the program, and the processor calls the program in the memory.
  • the processor calls the program in the memory.
  • it is used in the first network device, it is used to execute any of the fourth aspects above.
  • a V2X communication device which includes a processor and an interface circuit.
  • the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices.
  • the processor is configured to perform any of the foregoing fourth aspects.
  • a V2X communication device is provided, which is connected to the memory and is used to read and execute the program stored in the memory.
  • the first network device When it is used in the first network device, it is used to implement any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect above.
  • a program is provided for implementing the method executed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect when executed by a processor, or used to implement any one of the fourth aspects above.
  • the method executed by the second network device in the implementation.
  • a program product such as a computer-readable storage medium, including the above program.
  • the core network indicates the bearer corresponding to the V3 interface to the network device, so that the network device can establish the bearer to a suitable device as needed.
  • the bearer can be established. To NR network equipment, this can make the terminal's V2X communication quality better guaranteed.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a V2X scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication scenario under a PC5 interface communication mechanism according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication scenario under a Uu interface communication mechanism according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a DC scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 (a) is a schematic diagram of an LTE-NR dual connection scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 (b) is a schematic diagram of another LTE-NR dual connection scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 (c) is a schematic diagram of another LTE-NR dual connection scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of still another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of still another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • V2X communication device 15 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • V2X communication device 16 is a schematic diagram of another V2X communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of still another V2X communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Terminal also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • UE user equipment
  • UE mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • some examples of terminals are: mobile phones, tablet computers, laptops, handheld computers, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, and augmented reality (augmented reality) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grids Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and the like.
  • MID mobile internet devices
  • VR virtual reality
  • augmented reality augmented reality
  • the network device is a device in a wireless network, for example, a radio access network (RAN) node that connects a terminal to the wireless network.
  • RAN nodes are: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), and node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (e.g., home NodeB, or home NodeB, HNB), baseband unit , BBU), or wireless fidelity (WiFi) access point (AP).
  • the network device may be a centralized unit (CU) node, a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a V2X scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • V2X is a technology that enables vehicles to communicate with the outside world.
  • X can represent vehicles, pedestrians, road facilities, or networks. That is, V2X can include vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, Vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I) communication, vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) communication, or vehicle-to-network (V2N) communication.
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2I Vehicle-to-infrastructure
  • V2P vehicle-to-pedestrian
  • V2N vehicle-to-network
  • the terminals for mutual communication can be located on two vehicles, which can be handheld devices or vehicle-mounted devices of users on the vehicle.
  • the terminals communicating with each other can be located on the vehicle and road facilities.
  • one terminal can be a handheld device or a vehicle-mounted device of the user on the vehicle, and the other terminal can be a roadside unit (RSU).
  • RSU roadside unit
  • the terminals communicating with each other can be located on the vehicle and on the pedestrian.
  • V2N communication the terminals communicating with each other can be located on the vehicle and the server.
  • the form of the terminal is not limited in this application, and the forms of the terminals communicating with each other may be the same or different.
  • V2X communication can be implemented through two communication mechanisms (also known as communication modes).
  • One is a communication mechanism based on the PC5 interface
  • the other is a communication mechanism based on the Uu interface.
  • FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 respectively illustrate scenario scenarios under a communication mechanism of a PC5 interface and a Uu interface.
  • the PC5 interface refers to an interface for direct communication between the terminal and the terminal.
  • the terminals communicate directly through the PC5 interface at this time.
  • This communication system can also be called V2X sidelink (SL) communication system.
  • the terminal can communicate with other terminals within the cell coverage area or outside the cell coverage area.
  • the network device configures V2X resources for the terminal (or, in other words, the network device performs V2X resource authorization for the terminal); the terminal uses the resources (or authorization) configured by the network device to perform V2X SL communication through the PC5 interface.
  • the Uu interface refers to a communication interface between a terminal and a network device. As shown in FIG. 3, the terminals communicate through the network at this time, that is, the network device forwards information from one terminal to other terminals. For example, the V2X data of the terminal (sending end) is sent to the RAN device through the Uu port, and the V2X data is further sent to the target terminal (receiving end) through the RAN device.
  • the terminal uses the resources configured for the terminal by the network device to communicate with the network device within the coverage of the cell.
  • the RSU can be located on a network device, or it can communicate with the terminal through the network device independently of the network device.
  • the server can be located on the RAN side, the CN side, or the external network, and communicate with the terminal through the RAN and CN.
  • a network device configures V2X resources for the terminal. Since the carrier resources corresponding to the cell can also be used for non-V2X communication, the V2X resources configured by the network device for the terminal are usually only a part of the carrier resources corresponding to the cell. If you need to add more resources for V2X communication, it will affect the quality of non-V2X communication. However, the business needs for V2X communication are also increasing. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application provides a V2X communication method. The terminal configures V2X resources on more carrier resources, so that each carrier does not reduce its own resources for non-V2X communication.
  • V2X communication In the case of V2X communication, increase the resources for V2X communication, thereby improving the data throughput rate of V2X, at the same time, reduce the impact on the quality of non-V2X communication, thereby improving the user experience of V2X users, without affecting the existing wireless network non-V2X The user experience of the user.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the method includes the following steps:
  • the first network device sends a request message to the second network device, where the request message is used to request the second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal.
  • the second network device receives a request message from the first network device, and learns, according to the request message, that the first network device requests the second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal.
  • the second network device may determine whether to configure a V2X resource for the terminal according to its own situation. For example, it can be based on whether it supports V2X services, or can be based on whether the remaining situation of its own resources is suitable to provide V2X resources.
  • the second network device determines to configure a V2X resource for the terminal it can perform the following operations:
  • S420 The second network device configures V2X resources for the terminal according to the request message
  • the second network device sends a response message to the first network device, where the response message includes V2X resource configuration information, and the V2X resource configuration information is used to indicate a V2X resource configured for the terminal.
  • the second network device may also send a response message, which includes information indicating that the V2X resource configuration fails or is rejected.
  • a response message which includes information indicating that the V2X resource configuration fails or is rejected.
  • the second network device may not send a response message.
  • the first network device may start a timer after sending a request message to the second network device, and do not receive it before the timer expires.
  • the response message is received, the default is that the second network device has not configured a V2X resource to the terminal.
  • the first network device receives a response message and notifies the terminal of the configured resource, that is, the first network device can perform the following operations:
  • S440 The first network device sends V2X resource configuration information to the terminal.
  • the terminal can receive the V2X resource configuration information, thereby obtaining V2X resources of more cells than the cell of the first network device, and using the V2X resources to initiate V2X services, thereby improving the V2X data throughput rate.
  • V2X resources in this application may also be referred to as V2X sidelink resources or SL resources, which are resources used for communication between the terminal and the terminal through the PC5 interface.
  • the above request message may include V2X information of the terminal.
  • the second network device may allocate V2X resources to the terminal according to the V2X information of the terminal, and then generate V2X resource configuration information.
  • the V2X information of the further terminal may include at least one of the following information:
  • the V2X request indication is used to instruct the second network device to allocate V2X resources (or V2X SL resources, or SL resources) to the terminal or to instruct the second network device to request a V2X resource configuration (or V2X SL resource configuration, Or SL resource configuration, or SL configuration).
  • the V2X request instruction is used to notify the second network device that the terminal has a V2X service requirement, so that the second network device learns that the terminal has a V2X service requirement according to the V2X request instruction, thereby allocating V2X resources to the terminal.
  • the name of the cell is not used to limit its scope.
  • the cell indicates or informs the second network device that the second network device is required to allocate V2X resources to the terminal, it can be used as the V2X request indication.
  • the V2X request indication may be, for example, a 1-bit cell. When the value is "1" or "0", the second network device is instructed or notified that the second network device is required to allocate V2X resources to the terminal.
  • the V2X authorization information is used to indicate the type of terminal that the terminal is authorized to, such as whether the terminal is authorized as a vehicle terminal (or vehicle UE), or VUE for short; or whether the terminal is authorized as a handheld terminal (or pedalrian UE), referred to as PUE.
  • the V2X authorization information is obtained by the first network device from the core network device. When the first network device and the second network device use two communication systems, or in other words, the radio access technology (RAT) of the first network device and the second network device are different.
  • RAT radio access technology
  • the first network device and the second network device can share the same V2X authorization information, or the first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) use separate (that is, different ) V2X authorization information.
  • the first network device obtains different authorization information from the core network device, which are respectively used for different RAT technologies.
  • the RAT technology of the first network device is LTE
  • the RAT technology of the second network device is NR. Then LTE and NR can share the same authorization information, or LTE and NR can use separate authorization information.
  • the first network device receives first authorization information and second authorization information from the core network, where the first authorization information is used for LTE and the second authorization information is used for NR.
  • the first network device sends the authorization information for the NR to the second network device as the V2X authorization information in the above request message.
  • the second network device obtains the V2X authorization information, it can know the type of the terminal authorized, so as to configure a V2X resource for the terminal according to the type of the terminal authorized.
  • the V2X resource configuration of different types of terminals can be different; they can be the same; or they can be partly the same, where the same part can be configured as a common and different parts can be configured as a dedicated.
  • V2X aggregation maximum bit rate (also known as SLAMBR or V2X SLAMBR) defines the maximum bit rate that the network needs to support when the terminal is performing V2X communication.
  • the network device refers to this parameter when configuring resources for the terminal, so that the V2X data transmission of the terminal does not exceed this upper limit.
  • the modulation and coding strategy (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) configured by the network device for the terminal is relatively high, so the allocated V2X resources cannot be too much, otherwise it is easy to exceed the AMBR.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the V2X AMBR is obtained by the first network device from the core network device.
  • the first network device and the second network device use two communication standards, or when the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different.
  • the first network device and the second network device may share the same V2X AMBR, or the first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) use separate V2X AMBRs.
  • different RAT technologies use separate V2X AMBRs
  • the first network device obtains different AMBRs from the core network device and uses them for different RAT technologies. Taking the LTE-NR joint networking as an example, it is assumed that the RAT technology of the first network device is LTE, and the RAT technology of the second network device is NR.
  • LTE and NR can share the same V2X AMBR, or LTE and NR can have separate V2X AMBR.
  • the first network device receives a first AMBR and a second AMBR from a core network, where the first AMBR is used for LTE and the second AMBR is used for NR.
  • the first network device sends the AMBR for NR to the second network device as the V2X AMBR in the above request message.
  • the V2X capability information is reported by the terminal to the first network device.
  • the terminal reports the first V2X capability information to the first network device.
  • the first V2X capability information may include, for example, one or more of the following information: V2X band combination supported by the terminal, bandwidth class, and support for base station scheduling , Or support high power.
  • Support for base station scheduling can be indicated by a cell. When the cell appears in the first V2X capability information, the terminal supports base station scheduling; when it does not, it does not. Or it can also indicate whether the terminal supports base station scheduling through different values of the cell. For example, when the value is "1", the terminal supports base station scheduling; otherwise, it does not support it.
  • the instructions for supporting high power are similar and will not be repeated here.
  • the first network device may send part or all of the first V2X capability information to the V2X capability information in the request message when the second network device is required to configure V2X resources for the terminal.
  • a second network device, and the second network device determines that a V2X resource is to be configured for the terminal according to the received V2X capability information.
  • V2X maximum transmission power (also called SL maximum transmission power or V2X SL maximum transmission power) is used to instruct the terminal to use the V2X resources configured by the second network device to perform the maximum transmission power allowed for V2X communication.
  • the first network device and the second network device use two communication standards, or when the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different.
  • the first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) may use respective maximum transmission powers, that is, the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power.
  • the maximum transmission power reported by the terminal includes The first maximum transmission power of the first network device (or the RAT of the first network device) and the second maximum transmission power for the second network device (or the RAT of the second network device).
  • the first network device sends the second maximum transmission power as the above V2X maximum transmission power in the request message to the second network device.
  • the first network device and the second network device may share the maximum transmission power.
  • the first network device may perform power allocation on the maximum transmission power reported by the terminal, and divide the maximum transmission power ( It can be understood as the total power) is divided into two parts, and the part allocated to the second network device is notified to the second network device.
  • the maximum transmission power of the V2X in the request message is the part allocated to the second network device.
  • the first network device receives the maximum transmission power from the terminal, and divides the maximum transmission power into the first maximum transmission power for the first network device (or the RAT of the first network device) and the first maximum transmission power for the second network device (or the second network device).
  • the second maximum transmission power of the network device (RAT), and the first network device sends the second maximum transmission power as the above V2X maximum transmission power in the request message to the second network device.
  • the RAT technology of the first network device is LTE
  • the RAT technology of the second network device is NR.
  • LTE and NR can share the maximum transmit power, or LTE and NR can have separate maximum transmit powers.
  • the first network device receives a first maximum transmission power and a second maximum transmission power from the terminal, where the first maximum transmission power is used for LTE and the second maximum transmission power is used for NR.
  • the first network device sends the maximum transmission power for NR to the second network device as the V2X maximum transmission power in the above request message.
  • the first network device and the second network device use the same communication standard, or the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are the same, the first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies)
  • the maximum transmission power can be shared.
  • the first network device can perform power allocation, divide the maximum transmission power (which can be understood as the total power) into two, and notify the second network device of the share allocated to the second network device.
  • the maximum transmission power of the V2X in the request message is the share allocated to the second network device. Further, if the terminal capability supports, the power allocated to the second network device may also be equal to the total power.
  • the V2X service type information includes, for example, a V2X service type indication or a V2X quality of service (QoS) parameter, and is used to indicate a V2X service type or QoS requirement.
  • V2X service types can have multiple dimensions or methods, for example: 1. Internet Protocol (IP) or non-IP; 2. V2V, V2I, V2N or V2P; 3. Supplier service identifier (provider, service identifier), (PSID) or intelligent transportation system application identifier (ITS-AID).
  • V2X QoS parameters can be, for example, single packet priority (PPPP) or single packet reliability (PPPR) or QoS flow identity (QFI) or 5G QoS indicator (5G QoS Identifier) , 5QI) or priority level, or any combination thereof.
  • PPPP single packet priority
  • PPPR single packet reliability
  • QFI QoS flow identity
  • 5G QoS indicator 5G QoS Identifier
  • the configuration message sent by the first network device to the terminal may include V2X service type information transferred to the second network device, such as a V2X service type Indication or V2X QoS parameters. That is, in the above step S430, the first network device may also send the V2X service type information transferred to the second network device to the terminal.
  • the V2X service type information may be carried in the same configuration message as the V2X resource configuration information.
  • the above request message may not include a V2X request indication, and when carrying other V2X information, such as V2X authorization information, V2X AMBR, V2X capability information, V2X maximum transmit power, or V2X service type information, the implicit indication of the first Two network devices allocate V2X resources to the terminal.
  • the above request message may only include a V2X request indication, and other V2X information may be obtained by the second network device from the core network device.
  • the above request message may carry any of the above V2X information, and use the carried V2X information to implicitly instruct the second network device to allocate V2X resources to the terminal; or carry more than one V2X information, and use any of them Or the multiple V2X information implicitly instructs the second network device to allocate V2X resources to the terminal.
  • the above request message may also carry V2X capability information, which is used to implicitly instruct the second network device to allocate V2X resources to the terminal, and at the same time, used by the second network device to learn the V2X capability of the terminal.
  • the above request message carries a V2X request indication, which explicitly instructs the second network device to allocate V2X resources to the terminal.
  • the second network device may or may not carry other V2X information.
  • it carries V2X capability information.
  • the V2X capability information is not used to instruct the second network device to allocate V2X resources to the terminal, but is used for the second network device to learn the V2X capability of the terminal and control the corresponding capability.
  • the maximum transmission power of V2X is carried. At this time, the maximum transmission power of V2X is not used to instruct the second network device to allocate V2X resources to the terminal, but to own the second network device for power control. Other information is similar and will not be repeated here.
  • the request message may only include V2X request indication, V2X authorization information, V2X AMBR, V2X capability information, V2X maximum transmission power, or V2X service type information; or may include any combination of these information.
  • V2X resource configuration information may also be referred to as SL resource configuration information, or V2X SL resource configuration information, or V2X / SL configuration information, or V2X SL configuration information.
  • the information may include: SL wireless network temporary identifier (SL-RNTI) and V2X resources.
  • V2X resources may include a sending resource pool and / or a receiving resource pool, where the sending resource pool may include a sending resource pool for scheduling and / or a sending resource pool for competition.
  • the sending resource pool may include a common sending resource pool and / or a dedicated sending resource pool, and the receiving resource pool may include a common receiving resource pool and / or a dedicated receiving resource pool.
  • V2X resource configuration information may also include one or more of the following information: V2X synchronization configuration, synchronization reference type configuration, zone configuration information, V2X inter-frequency information, scheduling resource pool, SL sending priority configuration parameters, SL Priority, MCS, and transmit power.
  • V2X's synchronization configuration is optional and can include parameters for synchronous transmission, the length of a cyclic prefix (CP) for synchronization, the synchronization transmission period, and the synchronization window. If the first network device and the second network device use the same configuration, the second network device is not required to generate the configuration.
  • the configuration of the synchronization reference type is optional. It can also be called SL-TypeTxSync, which is used to configure the synchronization source.
  • the synchronization source can include a global navigation satellite system (GNSS) or a base station or terminal. If the first network device and the second network device use the same configuration, the second network device is not required to generate the configuration. It can be seen that the first network device and the second network device can use the same configuration for synchronization.
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • the terminal maintains two sets of synchronization mechanisms.
  • the first network device and the second network device can use the same set of synchronization sources.
  • the first network device and the second network device are LTE and NR communication systems, respectively.
  • the DC is initiated to support NR and V2X. At this time, you can use LTE V2X and NR V2X use the same set of synchronization sources to simplify terminal implementation.
  • the V2X resource configuration information may include zone configuration information, and the zone configuration information may include a zone identifier and a V2X resource pool corresponding to the zone. That is, the V2X resources can be configured according to the region. At this time, the V2X resource configuration information can also include the region identifier.
  • the V2X inter-frequency information is optional, and includes inter-frequency V2X configuration information supported by the cell of the second network device.
  • the SL sending priority configuration parameter is optional. Similar to the synchronization related configuration, the configuration of the first network device can be reused. Both MCS and transmit power are optional and can use the default configuration.
  • the above method can be used in scenarios where more than one (i.e., multiple) carrier or cell radio resources provide services to the terminal, such as a carrier aggregation (CA) scenario, and a dual connectivity (DC) scenario .
  • the multiple carriers and cells may be located under different physical entities, that is, controlled by different physical entities, for example, under different RAN nodes.
  • the DC scenario is used as an example for description below.
  • the above communication flow is similar in other scenarios and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a DC scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the above first network device and the second network device are respectively a primary node (Master Node, MN) and a secondary node (SN), or a primary base station and a secondary base station.
  • MN Master Node
  • SN secondary node
  • the RAN node 510 and the RAN node 520 collectively provide services for the terminal 530, where the RAN node 510 is a MN and the RAN node 520 is an SN.
  • Dual connectivity can be implemented between RAN nodes of the same system or between RAN nodes of different systems.
  • dual connectivity can be implemented in the scenario of LTE (also known as 4G) and New Radio (NR) (also known as 5G) joint networking, which is called LTE-NR dual connectivity, so that the terminal can simultaneously switch from LTE Obtain wireless resources for data transmission with the NR air interface, and gain the transmission rate.
  • LTE-NR dual connection can use the LTE RAN node as the anchor point, that is, the master node, or the NR RAN node as the anchor point, and the master node can access the LTE core network or the NR core network.
  • the interface between the core network and the RAN node is represented by S1, and the interface between the RAN nodes is represented by X2 ( It may also be referred to as an Xn interface), and this representation is merely an example, and is not intended to limit the present application.
  • FIG. 6 (a) is a schematic diagram of an LTE-NR dual connection scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the LTE eNB as the MN, and the evolved packet core (EPC) of the LTE system can establish a control plane and user plane connection for the terminal; the NR gNB, as the SN, and the EPC User plane connections can be established between them.
  • the LTE eNB is used as the anchor point, and the LTE eNB accesses the LTE core network.
  • FIG. 6 (b) is a schematic diagram of another LTE-NR dual connection scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the core network that uses the NR gNB as the anchor and the NR gNB accesses the NR can be called the Next Genaeration Core (NGC) or the 5G core network (5 th Generation Core Network, 5G-CN). That is, the NR gNB as the MN can establish a control plane and user plane connection with the terminal for the terminal; the LTE eNB as the SN can establish the user plane connection with the NGC.
  • NGC Next Genaeration Core
  • 5G-CN 5G core network
  • the NR gNB as the MN can establish a control plane and user plane connection with the terminal for the terminal
  • the LTE eNB as the SN can establish the user plane connection with the NGC.
  • FIG. 6 (c) is a schematic diagram of another LTE-NR dual connection scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application. It uses the LTE eNB as an anchor point as in FIG.
  • the difference is that the LTE eNB accesses the core network NGC of the NR. That is, the LTE eNB, as the MN, and the NGC can establish a control plane and user plane connection for the terminal; the NR gNB, as the SN, can establish the user plane connection with the NGC.
  • the above V2X resource configuration process can be completed during the initial configuration of dual connectivity.
  • the above request message may add a request message for the SN
  • the above response message may add a request confirmation message for the SN.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, the method includes the following steps:
  • the RAN node 510 sends an SN addition request (SN add request) message to the RAN node 520, and the SN add request message is used to request to add the RAN node 520 as an SN.
  • SN add request SN addition request
  • the SN addition request message is also used to request the RAN node 520 to configure a V2X resource for the terminal.
  • the SN addition request message includes V2X information of the terminal, and is used to request the RAN node 520 to configure V2X resources for the terminal.
  • the description of the V2X information of the terminal is the same as the foregoing embodiment, and is not repeated here.
  • the MN may request the SN to initiate the above process when the terminal updates the V2X resource configuration.
  • the MN can inform the SN of the updated frequency information and let the SN change the configuration, that is, the SN reconfigures the V2X resources for the terminal.
  • the MN decides to change the V2X service or V2X QoS assigned to the SN, it informs the SN of the changed V2X service or V2X QoS and lets the SN change the configuration, that is, the SN reconfigures the V2X resources for the terminal.
  • the RAN node 520 After receiving the SN addition request message, the RAN node 520 learns that the RAN node 510 wants to add it as an SN, and then performs SCG configuration. In this embodiment, during the SCG configuration process, the RAN node 520 generates SCG configuration information, which can carry the above V2X resource configuration information, and sends the generated V2X resource configuration information to the RAN node 510. That is, the RAN node 520 performs the following steps:
  • the RAN node 520 carries the generated V2X resource configuration information in an SN addition request confirmation (SN addition request acknowledgement) message and sends it to the RAN node 510.
  • the SN addition request confirmation message is a response message to the SN addition request message.
  • V2X resource configuration information is the same as the above embodiment, and is not repeated here.
  • the V2X resource configuration information can be carried as a container and sent to the RAN node 510 in the SN addition request confirmation message.
  • the V2X resource configuration information may be a radio resource control (RRC) message of the RAN node 520, for example, an RRC protocol data unit (PDU) or a part of the RRC PDU is sent to the RAN node 510.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the RAN node 510 receives the SN addition request confirmation message sent by the RAN node 520 and performs the following operations:
  • the RAN node 510 carries the V2X resource configuration information of the RAN node 520 in an RRC connection reconfiguration message, and sends it to the terminal.
  • the RAN node 510 sends an LTE RRC connection reconfiguration message to the terminal.
  • the LTE RRC connection reconfiguration message includes V2X resource configuration information of the RAN node 520.
  • the V2X resource configuration information of the RAN node 520 may be an LTE RRC message or a part of the LTE RRC message; or the V2X resource configuration information of the RAN node 520 may be an RRC message of the RAN node 520 or the RAN node 520 Part of the RRC message.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message of LTE includes the RRC PDU of the RAN node 520, and the RRC PDU of the RAN node 520 is used as a container.
  • the RAN node 510 may forward the RRC PDU of the RAN node 520 to the terminal without parsing the container.
  • the V2X resource configuration information of the RAN node 520 is all or part of the RRC PDU of the RAN node 520.
  • the RAN node 510 may change the complete The RRC PDU of the RAN node 520 is forwarded to the terminal.
  • the terminal After receiving the RRC connection reconfiguration message, the terminal parses out the V2X resource configuration information of the RAN node 520 and performs the following operations:
  • RRC connection reconfiguration complete RRC connection reconfiguration complete
  • the RAN node 510 receives the RRC connection reconfiguration completion message, or the RRC connection reconfiguration is completed, and performs the following steps:
  • the RAN node 510 sends an SN reconfiguration complete (SN reconfiguration complete) message to the RAN node 520 to inform the RAN node 520 that the reconfiguration is complete.
  • SN reconfiguration complete SN reconfiguration complete
  • the SN is added, and the SN is configured with V2X resources for the terminal.
  • the terminal can obtain the V2X resources of the SN for V2X service transmission. After that, the terminal can synchronize with the SN.
  • the configuration of triggering the DC is allowed only when the bearer is to be offloaded to the SN.
  • the bearer since the bearer does not necessarily need to be generated, this principle may not apply, that is, to support V2X services, the SN addition request process may be specifically triggered.
  • a new process can be introduced, similar to the SN adding request process.
  • the above request message is a new request message, for example, it can be called a V2X / sidelink request message, etc. In this way, it can be backward compatible without affecting the existing DC mechanism.
  • the terminal uses the air interface resources of the SN, it needs to perform random access with the SN.
  • the terminal has no other services besides the V2X service, the SN is only added to support the V2X service, and the synchronization source does not select the SN. At this time, the terminal may not synchronize with the SN, that is, not to the SN Initiate random access.
  • the method shown in FIG. 4 can be completed during the initial configuration of the DC.
  • the V2X resource information configured by the SN can be sent to the MN through an add request confirmation message, and sent to the terminal through the RC RRC connection reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal can use the V2X resources configured by the SN to perform V2X communication, and obtain V2X resources of more cells besides the MN's cell, thereby improving the V2X data throughput rate. In this way, while the initial configuration of the DC is completed, V2X resources on the SN are obtained, signaling is saved, and communication efficiency is improved.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 performs the configuration of V2X resources on the SN during the initial configuration process of the DC.
  • the configuration of V2X resources on the SN may be performed during other configuration processes, such as the SN modification process. The following is described with reference to FIG. 8.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, it includes the following steps:
  • the MN sends an SN modification request (SN modification request) message to the SN.
  • the SN modification request message is used to request to modify the configuration of the SN, such as requesting to establish certain bearers on the SN or requesting to modify the SCG Bearer, the SCG part of the split bearer, or request the addition or release of an SCG cell.
  • the SN may be requested to update the V2X resource configuration for the terminal. For example, when the terminal updates the frequency information of interest, the MN may inform the SN of the updated frequency information and let the SN change the configuration, that is, the SN is reconfigured for the terminal. V2X resources.
  • the MN when the MN decides to change the V2X service or V2X QoS assigned to the SN, it informs the SN of the changed V2X service or V2X QoS and lets the SN change the configuration, that is, the SN reconfigures the V2X resources for the terminal.
  • the SN modification request message may be used to request the RAN node 520 to configure a V2X resource for the terminal.
  • the SN modification request message includes V2X information of the terminal, and is used to request the RAN node 520 to configure V2X resources for the terminal.
  • the description of the V2X information of the terminal is the same as the foregoing embodiment, and is not repeated here.
  • the SN After receiving the SN modification request message, the SN parses out the V2X information of the terminal, configures V2X resources for the terminal according to the V2X information of the terminal, generates V2X resource configuration information, and sends the generated V2X resource configuration information to the MN. That is, the SN performs the following steps:
  • the SN carries the generated V2X resource configuration information to an SN modification request confirmation (SN modification request message) and sends it to the MN.
  • the SN modification request confirmation message is a response message to the SN modification request message.
  • V2X resource configuration information about the SN is the same as the above embodiment, and is not repeated here.
  • the MN receives the modification request confirmation message sent by the SN, and executes:
  • Step S830 The MN carries the V2X resource configuration information of the SN in an RRC connection reconfiguration message and sends it to the terminal.
  • step S730 in FIG. 7 This is similar to step S730 in FIG. 7 and will not be described in detail here.
  • the terminal After receiving the RRC connection reconfiguration message, the terminal parses the V2X resource configuration information of the SN from it and performs the following operations:
  • RRC connection reconfiguration complete RRC connection reconfiguration complete
  • step S770 This is similar to step S770 in FIG. 7 and will not be described in detail here.
  • the MN receives the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message and performs the following steps:
  • S850 The MN sends an SN modification confirmation (SN modification confirmation) message to the SN.
  • the method may further include step S801: the SN sends an SN modification request message to the MN.
  • the method shown in FIG. 4 can be implemented in the dual connection process. For example, it is implemented during the SN modification process, and the V2X resource configuration information of the SN is sent to the MN through the SN modification request confirmation message, and then re-connected through the MN RRC connection. Configuration messages are sent to the terminal. Furthermore, the terminal can use the V2X resources configured by the SN to perform V2X communication, and obtain V2X resources of more cells besides the MN's cell, thereby improving the V2X data throughput rate.
  • the terminal can obtain the NR V2X service under the DC architecture, that is, on the air interface, the terminal can be configured with LTE at the same time.
  • V2X and NR V2X improve the data throughput of V2X.
  • the first network device can interact with other network devices to support V2X, so when selecting the second network device, the first network device can select a network device capable of supporting the V2X function as the second network device. Therefore, when the terminal has a demand for V2X services, the possibility that the second network device selected by the first network device for the terminal cannot provide corresponding services is reduced.
  • the service conditions of the terminal can also be considered, so that the SN that is more suitable for the terminal can be selected. For example, if the terminal has V2X service requirements, it can choose a network device that supports V2X as the SN.
  • the above method may further include the following steps:
  • the first network device receives V2X support information from the second network device, and the V2X support information is used to indicate whether the second network device supports V2X services, such as whether the V2X services are supported.
  • the first network device determines that the second network device supports the V2X service according to the V2X support information
  • the above step S410 is performed, that is, the request message is sent to the second network device.
  • the first network device may also send its own V2X support information to other network devices, such as a second network device.
  • the V2X support information is used to indicate the support status of the first network device for the V2X service, such as whether the V2X service is supported.
  • the above V2X support information may include V2X capability information, V2X service type, V2X quality of service (QoS) parameters, or frequency of providing V2X services.
  • the V2X capability information is used to indicate whether the second network device supports V2X services. For example, it can be a 1-bit cell. When the value is "0”, V2X services are not supported. When the value is "1”, V2X services are supported. A value of "1" indicates that V2X services are not supported, and a value of "0" indicates that V2X services are supported.
  • the V2X service type is used to indicate the V2X service type supported by the second network device, such as a V2X service, a V2I service, a V2P service, or a V2V service.
  • the V2X QoS parameter is used to indicate the V2X QoS supported by the second network device, such as PPPP, PPPR, QFI, 5QI, or priority level, which represents the capability supported by the network device, or the V2X service that the network device can support.
  • the frequency of providing the V2X service is used to indicate the frequency for the V2X service supported by the second network device.
  • the first network device can know whether other network devices support V2X services, so when the terminal has V2X service requirements, it selects a network device that supports V2X services as the second network device. For example, in the DC scenario, select Network devices that support V2X services act as SNs. When using the V2X service type, the first network device can know not only whether other network devices support V2X services, but also the type of V2X services supported by other network devices, so as to select a second network device that matches the V2X service type of the terminal. .
  • the first network device can not only know whether other network devices support V2X services, but also know the V2X QoS level supported by other network devices, so as to select a second network device that matches the terminal V2X QoS level.
  • the first network device can not only know whether other network devices support V2X services, but also know the frequencies supported by the second network device.
  • the frequency of the cell under the network device is, for example, 1.8G, but it supports inter-frequency V2X, that is, it supports the allocation of V2X resources of other frequencies to the terminal, such as 5.9G.
  • the first network device can receive the frequency that the terminal is interested in from the terminal, and when selecting the SN, it can judge whether the SN supports the frequency that the terminal is interested in.
  • V2X support information may be transmitted during the process of establishing an interface between the first network device and the second network device. Of course, it can also be transmitted during the interaction process of other network devices, or a new process can be used to interact with the V2X support information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first network device Take the first network device as an LTE RAN node and the second network device as an NR RAN node as an example.
  • the LTE RAN node and the NR RAN node exchange V2X support information.
  • the LTE RAN node has V2X service requirements at the terminal, you can confirm whether the NR RAN node supports NR V2X service before selecting the SN.
  • the LTE RAN node selects the NR RAN node as the SN and establishes a DC.
  • the LTE RAN node can provide corresponding services for the NR RAN node selected by the terminal.
  • the network devices may not exchange V2X support information.
  • the first network device sends a request message to the second network device, and the second network device decides whether to increase the V2X resource configuration according to its support situation. And feedback to the first network device through a response message.
  • V2X in each information or message may be replaced with SL or V2X SL.
  • V2X capability information can also be called SL capability information or V2X SL capability information
  • V2X service types can also be referred to as SL service types or V2X SL service types
  • V2X QoS parameters can also be referred to as SL QoS parameters or V2X SL QoS parameters
  • the frequency of providing V2X services can also be referred to as the frequency of providing SL services or the frequency of providing V2X SL services.
  • the first network device can inform the terminal of its ability to support the configuration of more cell V2X resources for the terminal. This can help the terminal to consider the impact of V2X when selecting a cell to camp on, and it can give priority to supporting V2X services. Select a cell with this function to camp on.
  • the above method further includes:
  • the first network device sends notification information to the terminal, where the notification information is used to indicate the ability of the first network device to support the configuration of V2X resources of more cells for the terminal.
  • the notification information is used to indicate the ability of the first network device to support the configuration of a V2X resource of a different-standard cell for the terminal, that is, the first network device is instructed to support the configuration of a different network for the terminal.
  • Standard V2X service capabilities In the scenario of LTE-NR joint networking, for example, the notification information may be used to indicate that the first network device supports the capability of providing NR V2X services to the terminal.
  • the notification information can be sent to the terminal through a broadcast message, or can be sent to the terminal through a message 2 or message 4 (MSG2 or MSG4) that changes from the idle state to the connected state, where MSG2 and MSG4 refer to the random access process, respectively.
  • Random access response (RAR) and RRC connection establishment messages can be sent to the terminal through the third state to the connected state message 2 or message 4 (MSG2 or MSG4), where MSG2 and MSG4 are Refers to random access response (RAR) and RRC connection recovery (RRC) messages in the random access process.
  • the terminal can report to the network device whether the terminal supports V2X capability information.
  • the capability information can further be the terminal's ability to support NR V2X.
  • the capability information can be reported to the RAN side or the core network side. .
  • the capability information may be, for example, a V2X service type.
  • the network device can configure NR V2X measurement for the terminal or V2XDC for the terminal when it knows that the terminal supports NR V2X or supports DC for V2X.
  • the network device may select based on the measurement of the other cell by the terminal. For example, when selecting the SN, the network device may select based on the terminal measurement.
  • the measurement of a cell by a terminal includes measurement based on a synchronization signal block (SSB) or measurement based on a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) or measurement based on a cell reference signal CRS . Whether it is SSB-based measurement or CSI-RS-based measurement, it is impossible to determine whether the terminal can obtain better V2X services in other cells. Based on this, the embodiment of the present application further provides a V2X communication method.
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • the network device configures V2X measurement for the terminal to obtain the measurement result of the V2X service quality of the terminal to other cells, so as to select a suitable cell to provide the terminal with V2X service according to the measurement result , So that the selected cell can meet the terminal's service quality requirements for V2X services.
  • This method can be combined with the methods provided in the above embodiments to further improve the V2X service quality of the terminal on the second network device, thereby improving the V2X data throughput rate.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the method includes the following steps:
  • the first network device sends V2X measurement configuration information to the terminal, and the V2X measurement configuration information is used to configure the terminal to measure V2X service quality of a cell of another network device.
  • the V2X measurement configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second network device, V2X resource information of a cell of the second network device, and a V2X measurement event.
  • the second network device has a first cell, and the V2X measurement configuration information includes an identifier of the first cell, and the V2X resource information of the first cell.
  • the V2X resource information may include, for example, V2X transmission resource pool information for identifying V2X transmission. Configuration of the resource pool.
  • the first network device generates the V2X measurement configuration information and sends the V2X measurement configuration information to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives the V2X measurement configuration information and performs the following operations:
  • the terminal measures the cell indicated by the cell identifier in the V2X measurement configuration information according to the V2X measurement configuration information, and obtains a measurement result.
  • the terminal determines the cell to be measured according to the cell identifier, obtains the V2X resource location according to the V2X resource information, and measures the V2X resource.
  • the terminal reports the measurement result, and the measurement result is, for example, a channel busy rate (CBR).
  • the measurement result may be carried in a measurement report and reported to the network device.
  • the measurement report may further include a cell identity.
  • the measurement report may further include a measurement event identifier, which is used to inform the network device of which measurement event triggered measurement result is reported.
  • the measurement report may further include a V2X resource reporting identifier, and each reporting identifier may have a corresponding measurement result.
  • the V2X resource reporting identifier is used to let the network device know which V2X resource pool the measurement result is.
  • the V2X resource will correspond to a V2X resource reporting identifier.
  • the first network device receives the measurement result, that is, the measurement result that the terminal performs measurement and reports according to the V2X measurement configuration information.
  • the first network device can configure the terminal with one or more V2X measurements of the neighboring cell, that is, the cell of the second network device can be one or more, and the V2X measurement configuration information can configure the V2X measurement of the cell with multiple network devices, that is, The V2X measurement configuration information may also include cell identifiers of other network devices, and V2X resource information of the corresponding cells.
  • the terminal can perform V2X measurement on multiple cells and report the V2X measurement results, so that the first network device selects a cell that can provide the optimal V2X service according to the measurement results and configures V2X resources for the terminal.
  • the first network device before the first network device sends a request message to the second network device, the first network device selects a suitable target cell according to the measurement result, and sends the target cell to the second cell where the target cell is located.
  • the network device sends a request message.
  • the target cell is a cell where the V2X service quality meets the requirements or a cell with the best V2X service quality, that is, a cell whose measurement results meet the requirements or whose measurement results are optimal. In this way, the terminal can obtain a V2X service whose service quality meets the requirements from the second network device.
  • the first network device may select a suitable second network device, and bring the measurement result to the second network device in the request message, so that the second network device selects a suitable target cell. And sending the appropriate target cell to the terminal through the first network device.
  • the first network device may obtain information about a cell of the second network device, such as a cell identifier and V2X resource information of the cell, from a network management device, such as an operation, administration, and maintenance (OAM) system, and generate V2X accordingly. Measure configuration information.
  • a network management device such as an operation, administration, and maintenance (OAM) system
  • the first network device may obtain cell information, such as a cell identity and V2X resource information of the cell, from the second network device, and generate V2X measurement configuration information accordingly.
  • cell information such as a cell identity and V2X resource information of the cell
  • V2X measurement configuration information may include the following steps:
  • the second network device sends the cell information to the first network device, including a cell identifier and V2X resource information of the cell. That is, the first network device acquires the information of the cell from the second network device.
  • the first network device may obtain information of all its cells from the second network device, or may obtain information of some of its cells from the second network device.
  • the first network device may also send information about all or part of its own cell to the second network device, that is, the network devices exchange information about their respective cells.
  • the interaction of this information can be implemented during the establishment of the interface between the network devices, or during the configuration update process or the resource status update process.
  • the configuration update is an existing process. When a network device configuration update occurs, the peer network device will be notified through this process.
  • the resource status update process can be understood as a V2X resource status update process introduced by V2X to indicate the network device. V2X resource update.
  • the above V2X measurement configuration information may further include a V2X resource reporting identifier.
  • the V2X resource reporting identifier is used to identify the V2X resource, that is, the terminal carries the V2X resource reporting identifier when reporting the measurement result, and is used to identify the reported measurement result.
  • the V2X resource can also be called a V2X resource pool.
  • the above V2X measurement event may be, for example, that a channel busy rate (CBR) is greater than a threshold value, or that CBR is less than a threshold value, or that CBR is greater than or equal to a threshold value, or that CBR is less than or equal to a threshold value. details as follows:
  • the measurement event may include:
  • the CBR of the neighboring cell V2X resources is less than the threshold or less than or equal to the first threshold; or,
  • Event 2 The CBR of the V2X resources of the serving cell of the first network device is greater than or equal to the second threshold, and the CBR of the V2X resources of the neighboring cell is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  • the measurement event may include:
  • Event 3 The CBR of the V2X resources of the second network device serving cell is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold, and the CBR of the V2X resources of the neighboring cell is less than or equal to the fifth threshold.
  • Event 4 The CBR of the V2X resources of the second network device serving cell is greater than or equal to a sixth threshold.
  • the thresholds here are only used to summarize the preset CBR values, and do not indicate that these thresholds are the same, and may be different under different settings.
  • the first to the sixth are only for the convenience of distinguishing the threshold values under different conditions, and do not indicate that there is an order relationship between the threshold values, or that the threshold values are different.
  • CBR can also be called V2X CBR, or SL CBR, or V2X SL CBR.
  • the above measurement events can also be used for other purposes, such as the migration of V2X services, which can be carried with granularity of the bearer.
  • the V2X service may be migrated to the second network device, and the migrated V2X service may be a V2X service of a preset service type or a V2X service of a preset QoS.
  • the V2X service may be migrated back to the first network device.
  • the V2X service can be migrated to other cells.
  • the network device configures a measurement event for the terminal.
  • the measurement event can be used for different purposes, and the threshold value can be different under different conditions.
  • the serving cell and the neighboring cell may be cells of a different system or cells of the same system.
  • the V2X resources can be resources of different standards.
  • the above cell identification is not limited as long as it can identify the cell, and may be, for example, a physical cell identifier (PCI) or a global cell identifier (CGI).
  • PCI physical cell identifier
  • CGI global cell identifier
  • the V2X resources of the above cells may be resource pools, and the specific form of the resource information is not limited as long as the location of the resources can be specified. For example, indicating a time domain position, or a frequency domain position, or a combination of the two.
  • a time domain position or a frequency domain position, or a combination of the two.
  • it may be, for example, a physical resource block (PRB) or a subframe position.
  • PRB physical resource block
  • NR communication system it may be, for example, a slot or a subframe or a frame or a PRB position.
  • the above measurement report may include the identifier of the first cell, the V2X resource reporting identifier, and the measured CBR.
  • the V2X resource reporting identifier is used to identify the V2X resource of the first cell, for example, at least one V2X resource pool.
  • LTE network equipment can configure V2X measurement of NR cells.
  • the LTE network device can configure NR measurement for the terminal.
  • the NR V2X measurement configuration specifically includes: the identity of the NR cell, the V2X resource information of the NR cell, and the NR V2X measurement event.
  • the terminal performs NR V2X measurement according to the NR V2X measurement configuration configured by the LTE network device, and reports the NR measurement result to the LTE network device when the NR V2X measurement event is satisfied.
  • the configuration of NR V2X measurement by the LTE network device can be realized, so that the LTE network device can obtain the situation of the NR V2X link, and select a better NR secondary station for the V2X service of the terminal.
  • both the first network device and the second network device are configured with V2X resources for the terminal. among them,
  • the current network device When the V2X resources provided by the current network device to the terminal are insufficient to meet the service requirements of the terminal, or to meet the requirements of the throughput rate, more network devices may be triggered to configure V2X resources for the terminal.
  • a terminal has a certain V2X service requirement and the current network equipment of the V2X service cannot support it, it can trigger other network equipment that can support the service to configure V2X resources for the terminal.
  • the current network device is an LTE network device, which does not support the first service, but the NR supports the first service, so the LTE network device may request the NR network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal.
  • the terminal can obtain the V2X resources of the first network device and the V2X resources of the second network device.
  • which network device configuration can be used for service transmission V2X resources are designed to improve the efficiency and throughput of V2X communications.
  • the terminal can obtain LTE V2X resources and NR V2X resources at the same time, and design which services are sent in LTE and which services are sent in NR, which can improve the matching between services and RATs, which is more conducive to communication quality. improve.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method is used in a communication system in which a first network device and a second network device jointly provide a V2X service to a terminal. That is, it is used when the first network device and the second network device are configured with V2X resources for the terminal.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal determines a target network device, where the target network device is a first network device and / or a second network device;
  • the terminal uses the V2X resources configured by the target network device to perform V2X communication with other terminals.
  • the manner in which the first network device configures the V2X resource for the terminal may be the same as the existing manner, for example, configuring the V2X resource for the terminal through an RRC message.
  • the manner in which the second network device configures V2X resources for the terminal refer to the foregoing embodiments.
  • the second network device may configure the terminal through the RRC message.
  • V2X resources that is, the V2X resource configuration information is directly sent to the terminal without the need of forwarding by the first network device.
  • the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different.
  • the service type or the corresponding relationship (or mapping relationship) between the QoS parameter and the RAT can be set in advance.
  • the terminal selects the target network device according to the corresponding relationship.
  • the terminal presets the correspondence between the service type and the RAT or the correspondence between the QoS parameter and the RAT.
  • the target RAT corresponding to the service type or QoS parameter is determined, and
  • the network device whose RAT is the target RAT is determined as the target network device. For example, when the RAT of the first network device is the target RAT, the first network device is the target network device, and when the RAT of the second network device is the target RAT, the second network device is the target network device.
  • the terminal presets a correspondence between a service type and a network device or a correspondence between a QoS parameter and a network device, where the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different.
  • the target network device corresponding to the service type or QoS parameter is determined according to the service type or QoS parameter of the data.
  • the first network device is an LTE network device
  • the second network device is an NR network device.
  • the data service type or QoS parameter corresponds to the first network device
  • the first network device is the target network device.
  • the second network device is the target network device.
  • the network side issues a policy, so that the terminal decides which network device's V2X resources to use according to the policy issued by the network side.
  • the policy can be generated by the network device and sent to the terminal, or it can be generated by the V2X functional entity of the core network and sent to the terminal through the network device, or it can be generated by the V2X application layer and sent to the terminal through the network device.
  • the V2X application The tier can be understood as a V2X application server.
  • This policy can be sent to the terminal through RRC messages or broadcasted to the terminal through system information, and the same policy can be broadcast for all terminals served or all terminals in the cell, or a terminal-specific policy can be sent for the terminal.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the sending manner of the policy.
  • the policy is, for example, a correspondence between a service type and a RAT or a correspondence between a QoS parameter and a RAT.
  • the terminal receives the policy from the network side and selects the target network device according to the policy.
  • the manner of selecting the target network device according to the policy is the same as the above embodiment. That is, when the data arrives, the target RAT corresponding to the service type or QoS parameter is determined according to the service type of the data or the QoS parameter of the data, and the network device whose RAT is the target RAT is determined as the target network device.
  • the policy is, for example, a correspondence between a service type and a network device or a QoS parameter with a network device.
  • the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different.
  • the first network device is an LTE network device and the second network
  • the device is an NR network device.
  • the terminal receives the policy from the network side and selects the target network device according to the policy.
  • the manner of selecting the target network device according to the policy is the same as the above embodiment. That is, when data arrives, the target network device corresponding to the service type or QoS parameter is determined according to the service type of the data or the QoS parameter of the data.
  • the business type of the data is the business type to which the data belongs.
  • the policy may be a threshold value of a QoS parameter.
  • the way the terminal selects the target network device according to the policy can be flexibly designed. For example, when the QoS parameter of the data reaches or exceeds the threshold, the terminal determines the target RAT or the target network device, and when the QoS parameter of the data is greater than the threshold, the RAT of the target RAT or the target network device is The first network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is less than the threshold value, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device or the target network device is the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is equal to the threshold value, the target RAT is the first The RAT of the one or second network device, or the target network device is the first network device or the second network device.
  • the target RAT when the QoS parameter of the data is greater than the threshold, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device or the target network device is the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is less than the threshold, the target RAT is the first network
  • the RAT or target network device of the device is the first network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is equal to the threshold value, the target RAT is the RAT of the first or second network device, or the target network device is the first network device or the second network device.
  • the QoS parameter is, for example, PPPP, PPPR, QFI, 5QI, or a priority level.
  • the QoS parameter is PPPP
  • the service when PPPP is greater than the threshold, the service is sent using LTE V2X resources; when PPPP is less than the threshold, the service is sent using NR V2X resources; when PPPP is equal to the threshold, the service is sent using LTE V2X resources or NR V2X resource transmission.
  • the service when PPPP is greater than the threshold, the service is sent using NR V2X resources; when PPPP is less than the threshold, the service is sent using LTE V2X resources; when PPPP is equal to the threshold, the service is sent using LTE V2X resources or NR V2X resources .
  • Other parameters are similar, such as PPPR.
  • the policy includes, for example, a preset value or a preset range of the QoS parameter, and the terminal determines a target RAT or a target network device of the data according to the QoS parameter of the data.
  • the preset value or preset range may be the same as the number of RATs.
  • two preset values or preset ranges may be set, that is, a first preset value (or a first preset range) and a second preset value (or a second preset range).
  • the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device or the RAT of the second network device, or the target network device is the first network device or the second Network device;
  • the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device or the RAT of the first network device, or the target network device is the second network device Or the first network device.
  • the preset value or preset range may be different from the number of RATs. For example, setting a preset value or preset range.
  • the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device or the RAT of the second network device, or the target network device is the first network device or the second network device ;
  • the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device or the RAT of the first network device, or the target network device is the second network device or the first network device.
  • a preset value or a preset range can be used to indicate how much PPPP / PPPR services use LTE V2X resources or NR V2X resources. It is also possible to indicate the range of PPPP / PPPR services using LTE V2X resources or NR V2X resources through two preset values or preset ranges.
  • the above policy may be generated after interaction between the first network device and the second network device, and further configured to the terminal.
  • the first network device sends a service type or QoS parameter to the second network device for requesting a V2X service type or QoS supported by the second network device.
  • the service type or QoS parameter sent by the first network device to the second network device may be one (or one) or multiple (or multiple), and the second network device may accept all or only a part of it.
  • the second network device notifies the first network device of the accepted service type or QoS parameter, and the first network device generates a policy according to the type of service or QoS parameter accepted by the second network device. For example, determining the second network device as the service type of the target network device, the threshold value of the QoS parameter, or the preset value or preset range of the QoS parameter is generated according to the service type or QoS parameter received by the second network device.
  • the above policy may be activated when a predetermined condition is met, and if the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the service is rolled back to the first network device.
  • a network device for example, a first network device
  • the CBR threshold value may include a first CBR threshold value of a cell of a first network device and a second CBR of a cell of a second network device. Threshold.
  • the CBR result measured by the terminal meets the threshold, for example, the CBR of the cell of the first network device is greater than or equal to the first CBR threshold, and the CBR of the cell of the second network device is less than or equal to the second CBR threshold , Enable the above strategy, otherwise, return the service to the first network device.
  • the terminal can use any of the above methods to select the target network device, and then obtain V2X resources from the target network device to perform V2X communication with other terminals.
  • the terminal can obtain V2X resources in multiple ways. One way is called mode 3 and one way is called mode 4.
  • mode 3 when the terminal has data to perform V2X communication with other terminals, it requests V2X resources from the target network device, for example, sends a scheduling request (SR) and / or a buffer status report (BSR). To request V2X resource authorization from the target network device.
  • SR scheduling request
  • BSR buffer status report
  • the resource pool configured by the network device for the terminal is divided according to the zone, and the terminal selects V2X resources in the resource pool configured by the target network device for V2X communication with other terminals according to its location.
  • the above method for determining the target network device can be understood as a semi-static method.
  • the following describes a method for dynamically determining the target network device.
  • the first network device decides the target network device and notifies the terminal.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11, the method includes the following steps:
  • S1110 The terminal sends a first request to the first network device for requesting V2X resource authorization.
  • the V2X resource authorization can be a dynamic resource or a pre-configured resource, such as a pre-configured grant type 1 (configured grant type 1) or a pre-configured grant type 2 (configured grant type 2), which can also be referred to as semi-authorized Static scheduling (semi-persistent scheduling) (SPS) resources.
  • a pre-configured grant type 1 configured grant type 1
  • a pre-configured grant type 2 (configured grant type 2)
  • SPS semi-authorized Static scheduling (semi-persistent scheduling)
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the first request may be an SR / BSR, or may be terminal assistance information (UE information) for requesting a pre-configured resource.
  • UE information terminal assistance information
  • the first network device After receiving the first request, the first network device can decide in real time whether the corresponding data or service is transmitted using the V2X resource of the first network device or the V2X resource of the second network device is selected for transmission, or the V2X resource of the first network device is used at the same time And transmitting the V2X resources of the second network device, that is, determining whether the target network device is the first network device or the second network device, or the first network device and the second network device. At this time, the first network device performs the following operations:
  • the first network device determines a target network device, and the target network device is the first network device or the second network device, or the target network device is the first network device and the second network device.
  • the first network device is an LTE network device and the second network device is an NR network device.
  • the first network device After the first network device receives the first request, it can decide whether the data corresponding to the first request is transmitted in LTE V2X, NR V2X, or both LTE V2X and NR V2X. In other words, it is determined whether the V2X resource grant of the data corresponding to the first request is an LTE V2X resource grant or an NR V2X resource grant, or the LTE V2X resource grant and the NR V2X resource grant are used at the same time.
  • the first network device decides to adopt the V2X resource authorization of the first network device, that is, when the target network device includes the first network device, the first network device sends the V2X resource authorization to the terminal.
  • the first network device decides to use the V2X resource authorization of the second network device, that is, when the target network device includes the second network device, the following operations are performed:
  • the first network device sends a second request to the second network device, which is used to request the second network device to authorize V2X resources for the terminal, that is, to allocate V2X resources in real time.
  • the V2X resource authorization is different from the V2X resource configuration in the above embodiment.
  • the V2X resource authorization is used in real time for the terminal to perform V2X data transmission, and the above V2X resource configuration is a static configuration.
  • the terminal can further request real-time resources from the network device during subsequent use, and can also select resources in real time according to the area in which it is located.
  • the first network device may directly send the first request of the terminal as the second request to the second network device, or may regenerate the second request and send the second request to the second network device according to the first request.
  • the second network device may generate a V2X resource authorization for the terminal according to the second request, and send the V2X resource authorization to the first network device (step S1131).
  • the V2X resource authorization is allocated in real time based on the second request. For example, if the first request is SSR or BSR in S1110, then the second network device allocates real-time scheduling resources, and in S1110 requests pre-configured resources, the second network device is based on the service in the terminal auxiliary information. Model to generate V2X pre-configured resource grants for the UE.
  • the resources in the V2X resources configured above may be dynamically specified for V2X communication.
  • the resource authorization process may be omitted, and the first network device directly performs step S1140.
  • the first network device sends instruction information to the terminal, where the instruction information is used to indicate a target network device.
  • the indication information is a V2X resource authorization granted by the second network device to the terminal.
  • the above method includes:
  • step S1110 the terminal sends a first request, that is, terminal auxiliary information, to the LTE network device to request a pre-configured resource.
  • the LTE network device decides that the data corresponding to the first request is transmitted by NR V2X, that is, NR V2X resources are used.
  • the LTE network device requests the NR network device to perform V2X resource authorization for the terminal, for example, forwards traffic pattern information reported by the terminal to the NR network device, and requests the NR network device to generate a pre-configured V2X for the terminal Resource authorization.
  • the NR network device receives the second request from the LTE network device, it generates a pre-configured V2X resource authorization and sends it to the LTE network device.
  • the LTE network device authorizes the pre-configured V2X resource authorization generated by the NR network device in step S1140. Send to the terminal.
  • the service graphics correspond to services that appear periodically. By sending this information, the second network device can be requested to allocate pre-configured resources to save dynamic scheduling signaling.
  • the terminal When it is determined that the terminal's current service is transmitted on the V2X configured by the second network device (for example, the NR network device), that is, the V2X resource configured by the second network device is used for transmission, the terminal can directly communicate with the second Network device communication. At this time, signaling can be directly transmitted between the terminal and the second network device for transmitting V2X related information. For example, the terminal directly sends terminal auxiliary information, sidelink UE information, and the like to the second network device for a specific V2X service.
  • the second network device for example, the NR network device
  • the information transmitted between the terminal and the second network device is transferred to the second network device through the first network device, for example, through uplink information transfer (UL information transfer, multiple (RAT, DC, MRDC) message is delivered to the first network device, and the first network device forwards the message to the second network device through an RRC transfer message on the interface.
  • UL information transfer, multiple (RAT, DC, MRDC) message is delivered to the first network device, and the first network device forwards the message to the second network device through an RRC transfer message on the interface.
  • the direct transmission signaling between the terminal and the second network device may also reuse SRB3 supported by the existing standard, and the SRB3 is a signaling radio bearer (SRB) for direct communication between the terminal and the secondary node.
  • SRB3 signaling radio bearer
  • the terminal may directly perform V2X service related signaling transmission with the second network device.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the interface between the V2X control function entity and the terminal is a V3 interface, and the communication between the V2X function entity and the terminal will pass through the RAN node, and is specifically implemented through the user plane of the RAN node.
  • the V3 interface must be established on the NR network equipment.
  • the V3 interface is carried on the user plane on the RAN side, that is, at this time, the signaling between the terminal and the V2X control function entity is carried through the data radio bearer (DRB), so it can be understood as the NR network equipment and
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another communication method, in which the core network indicates to the network device which DRB is the DRB corresponding to the V3 interface, so that the network device transfers the DRB to the required device as needed.
  • an LTE network device is used as an example for transferring a DRB corresponding to a V3 interface to an NR network device.
  • NR network devices to LTE network devices, or any other two RAT technologies. Transfer between network devices.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, the method includes the following steps:
  • the core network device sends instruction information to the first network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate a bearer used for the V3 interface.
  • the first network device receives the instruction information and performs the following operations:
  • the first network device determines a bearer for the V3 interface according to the instruction information, and determines to establish the bearer to the first network device or the second network device.
  • the bearer when the terminal supports LTE V2X, the bearer can be established on the first network device supporting LTE V2X, and when the terminal supports only NR V2X, the bearer can be established on the second network device supporting NR V2X.
  • the first network device When it is determined to establish a bearer to the second network device, the first network device further performs the following operations:
  • S1330 Send a request message to the second network device, where the request message is used to request that the bearer for the V3 interface be established to the second network device.
  • the second network device receives the request message and performs the following operations:
  • S1340 The second network device establishes a bearer for the V3 interface according to the request message.
  • the second network device uses the bearer to communicate with the terminal, that is, the bearer is used for air interface (NR-Uu) communication between the NR access network and the terminal.
  • NR-Uu air interface
  • the above method may further include:
  • S1360 The second network device sends a response message to the request message to the first network device.
  • the response message carries a bearer identifier for identifying a bearer established for the V3 interface by the second network device.
  • the above request message may carry a bearer identifier that the first network device requests the second network device to establish, and the second network device carries an indication cell in the response message, and the indication cell is used to instruct the first network device to request establishment The bearer establishment succeeded or failed.
  • the second network device carries a bearer identifier in the response message, which is used to identify the bearer established for the V3 interface by the second network device.
  • the second network device may carry the configuration information of the bearer for the V3 interface in the response message.
  • the first network device may send the configuration information to the terminal (S1370), so that the terminal can perform the configuration according to the configuration information.
  • the second network device may directly send the configuration information for the bearer of the V3 interface to the terminal, so that the terminal can communicate with the second network device according to the configuration information.
  • the core network device may carry the indication information in a bearer establishment request message sent to the first network device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the bearer to be established corresponds to V2X, that is, the bearer is used for a V3 interface.
  • the bearer establishment request message may further include a bearer identification (ID) and corresponding QoS.
  • the first network device may establish the bearer for the V3 interface to the second network device.
  • the first network device may send a bearer identifier to the second network device during the interaction with the second network device, where the bearer identifier indicates that the bearer is a bearer corresponding to the V3 interface.
  • the SN can be added or modified (as shown in Figure 7 or Figure 8).
  • the MN carries the bearer ID in the request message and sends it to the SN.
  • the bearer ID is used to indicate that the bearer corresponds to the V3 interface.
  • the SN may establish a bearer for the V3 interface according to the bearer identifier. This bearer can be used for air interface (NR-Uu) communication between the NR access network and the terminal.
  • NR-Uu air interface
  • an X2 channel can be established between the NR access network and the LTE access network, that is, an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN), for V2X services or data transmission.
  • E-UTRAN evolved universal terrestrial radio access network
  • terminals can transmit V2X services or data through the NR PC5 interface.
  • the core network uses the LTE core network as an example, including a mobility management entity (MME) and a serving gateway (S-GW) / packet data network gateway (PDN). gateway, P-GW).
  • MME mobility management entity
  • S-GW serving gateway
  • PDN packet data network gateway
  • the core network may also be an NR core network, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • NR network equipment supports V2X multimedia broadcast multicast service (multimedia broadcast multicast service, MBMS) function.
  • MBMS multimedia broadcast multicast service
  • a connection can be established between the first network device and the second network device to forward the MBMS message. For example, when a first network device receives an MBMS establishment request message from a core network device, the first network device establishes a connection with the second network device, and instructs the second network device to perform MBMS broadcast.
  • the second network device directly establishes a connection with an MBMS gateway (gateway, GW), receives an MBMS instruction from the MBMS, and performs MBMS broadcasting.
  • GW MBMS gateway
  • the first network device receives the MBMS establishment request from the core network device, it requests the second network device for an information element (for example, GTP TEID) for interpreting the MBMS GW information, and sends the information element to the core network device.
  • an information element for example, GTP TEID
  • GTP is a GPRS tunneling protocol (GPRS tunneling protocol)
  • TEID is a tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier)
  • GPRS is a general packet radio service (general packet radio service). That is, in order to do MBMS on the SN, the MN can directly build the tunnel to the secondary station when establishing a tunnel with the MBMS and GW.
  • a tunnel may be established between the MN and the SN specifically for transmitting MBMS messages.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus for implementing any one of the foregoing methods.
  • an apparatus includes a unit (or means) for implementing each step performed by a terminal in any one of the foregoing methods.
  • another apparatus is provided, which includes a unit (or means) for implementing each step performed by a network device in any one of the methods.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1500 is used for a first network device.
  • the apparatus 1500 includes units or means for performing each step performed by the first network device in any one of the method embodiments above, and detailed descriptions of these steps can be applied to the apparatus. Examples.
  • the device 1500 includes a first communication unit 1510 and a second communication unit 1520.
  • the first communication unit 1510 is configured to control communication between the first network device and the second network device.
  • the first communication unit 1510 may use an interface between the first network device and the second network device (such as an X2 interface, and may also (Called Xn interface) to receive and send messages.
  • an interface between the first network device and the second network device such as an X2 interface, and may also (Called Xn interface
  • the second communication unit 1520 is configured to control communication with the terminal; the second communication unit 1520 can receive and send messages through an interface (for example, an air interface) between the network device and the terminal.
  • the interface here is a logical concept. In implementation, a corresponding logical unit needs to be set to meet the protocol requirements of the corresponding interface.
  • the physical connection between nodes can be a wireless connection or a wired connection. For example, a wireless connection may be used between the network device and the terminal, and a wired connection may be used between the network devices.
  • the first communication unit is configured to send a request message to the second network device and receive a response message from the second network device.
  • the request message is used to request the second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal;
  • the response message includes V2X Resource configuration information.
  • the V2X resource configuration information is used to instruct a second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal.
  • the second communication unit is configured to send V2X resource configuration information to the terminal.
  • the description about the request message and V2X resource configuration information is the same as the above embodiment.
  • information about other first network devices to the second network device, and information received by the first network device from the second network device may be sent and received through the first communication unit, and details are not described herein again.
  • the apparatus 1500 may further include a unit for performing steps other than sending and receiving.
  • the determining unit 1530 is configured to determine that the second network device supports V2X services according to the V2X support information received by the first communication unit 1510 from the second network device, and trigger the first communication unit to send the above request message to the second network device.
  • the apparatus 1500 includes a determining unit 1540.
  • the second communication unit receives the first request from the terminal, the first request is used to request V2X resource authorization; the determination unit 1540 is used to determine a target network device, which is the first network device or the second network device, or The target network device is a first network device and a second network device, and the target network device is used to provide the requested V2X resource authorization.
  • the above device 1500 may include a third communication unit 1550, configured to communicate with a core network device.
  • the third communication unit 1550 receives instruction information from a core network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate a bearer for a V3 interface.
  • the apparatus 1500 further includes a determining unit, configured to determine whether to establish a bearer to the first network device or the second network device according to the instruction information.
  • the second communication unit 1520 is configured to send V2X measurement configuration information to the terminal, where the V2X measurement configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second network device, V2X resource information of the cell of the second network device, and a V2X measurement event; and further It is used to receive the measurement result that the terminal measures and reports according to the V2X measurement configuration information.
  • the communication device 1500 may include a generating unit for generating V2X measurement configuration information.
  • the generating unit may generate V2X measurement configuration information according to the information of the cell of the second network device acquired by the first communication unit 1510 from the second network device.
  • the second communication unit 1520 is configured to send a policy or instruction information to the terminal, where the policy is used to determine the target network device, and the instruction information is used to instruct the target network device, so that the terminal determines the target network device accordingly and uses the target network.
  • V2X resources provided by the device authorize V2X communication.
  • the communication device 1500 may include a generating unit for generating a policy or instruction information at this time.
  • the second communication unit 1520 is configured to receive a first request from a terminal, where the first request is used to request V2X resource authorization.
  • the first network device may further include a determining unit for determining a target network device, where the target network device is a network device that provides V2X resource authorization, and is the first network device or the second network device, or the first network device and the second network device. Internet equipment.
  • the target network device includes the first network device
  • the first network device further includes a generating unit for generating a V2X resource authorization
  • the second communication unit 1520 is further configured to send the V2X resource authorization to the terminal.
  • the first communication unit 1510 is configured to send a second request to the second network device to request the second network device to perform V2X resource authorization for the terminal.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1600 is used for a first network device.
  • the apparatus 1600 includes units or means for performing each step performed by the second network device in any one of the method embodiments, and detailed descriptions of these steps can be applied to the apparatus. Examples.
  • the device 1600 includes a first communication unit 1610 and a second communication unit 1620.
  • the first communication unit 1610 is configured to control communication between the second network device and the first network device.
  • the first communication unit 1610 may use an interface between the second network device and the first network device (such as an X2 interface, and may also (Called Xn interface) to receive and send messages.
  • an interface between the second network device and the first network device such as an X2 interface, and may also (Called Xn interface
  • the second communication unit 1620 is configured to control communication with the terminal; the second communication unit 1620 can receive and send messages through an interface (for example, an air interface) between the network device and the terminal.
  • the interface here is a logical concept. In implementation, a corresponding logical unit needs to be set to meet the protocol requirements of the corresponding interface.
  • the physical connection between nodes can be a wireless connection or a wired connection. For example, a wireless connection may be used between the network device and the terminal, and a wired connection may be used between the network devices.
  • the first communication unit 1610 is configured to receive a request message from the first network device, and the request message is used to request the second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal.
  • the communication device 1600 further includes a configuration unit 1630 configured to configure a V2X resource for the terminal according to the request message.
  • the second communication unit 1620 is further configured to send a response message to the first network device.
  • the response message includes V2X resource configuration information and V2X resource configuration. The information is used to indicate the V2X resources configured for the terminal.
  • the first communication unit 1610 is configured to receive a request for V2X resource authorization from a first network device.
  • the device 1600 may further include an authorization unit 1640 for providing a V2X resource authorization to the terminal according to the request.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 1700 is used in a terminal.
  • the device 1700 includes units or means for performing each step performed by the terminal in any of the method embodiments of the above method, and detailed descriptions of these steps can be applied to this device embodiment.
  • the apparatus 1700 includes a communication unit 1710 for communication with a network device.
  • the communication unit 1710 can receive and send messages through an interface (for example, an air interface) between a terminal and a network device.
  • the interface here is a logical concept. In implementation, a corresponding logical unit needs to be set to meet the protocol requirements of the corresponding interface.
  • the physical connection between nodes can be a wireless connection or a wired connection.
  • a wireless connection may be used between the network device and the terminal.
  • the above device 1700 may further include a measurement unit 1720, configured to perform measurement according to the measurement configuration information to obtain a measurement result.
  • the communication unit 1710 is further configured to report the measurement result.
  • the above apparatus 1700 may further include a determining unit 1730 and a communication unit 1740, for determining a target network device, where the target network device is a first network device and / or a second network device.
  • the communication unit 1740 uses the V2X resources configured by the target network device to perform V2X communication with other terminals.
  • the manner in which the determining unit 1730 determines the target network device is the same as the foregoing method embodiment.
  • each unit in the above device can be implemented by software through the processing element call; all units can also be implemented by hardware; some units can also be implemented by software via the processing element call, and some units can be implemented by hardware.
  • each unit can be a separately established processing element, or it can be integrated into a chip of the device to achieve it.
  • it can also be stored in the form of a program in the memory and called and executed by a certain processing element of the device.
  • all or part of these units can be integrated together, or they can be implemented independently.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or in a form called by software through a processing element.
  • the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple microprocessors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuits
  • DSPs Multiple microprocessors
  • FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
  • the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU) or other processor that can call a program.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • SOC system-on-a-chip
  • any of the above communication units is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from or sending signals to other devices.
  • the communication unit is an interface circuit that the chip uses to receive signals from other chips or devices or an interface circuit that sends signals to other chips or devices.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. It is used to implement the operations of the first network device or the second network device in the above embodiments.
  • the network device includes an antenna 1810, a radio frequency device 1820, and a baseband device 1830.
  • the antenna 1810 is connected to a radio frequency device 1820.
  • the radio frequency device 1820 receives the information sent by the terminal through the antenna 1810, and sends the information sent by the terminal to the baseband device 1830 for processing.
  • the baseband device 1830 processes the information of the terminal and sends it to the radio frequency device 1820.
  • the radio frequency device 1820 processes the information of the terminal and sends it to the terminal via the antenna 1810.
  • the baseband device 1830 may include one or more processing elements 1831, including, for example, a main control CPU and other integrated circuits.
  • the baseband device 1830 may further include a storage element 1832 and an interface 1833.
  • the storage element 1832 is used to store programs and data.
  • the interface 1833 is used to exchange information with the radio frequency device 1820. , CPRI).
  • the above device for a network device (the first network device or the second network device) may be located in a baseband device 1830.
  • the above device for a network device may be a chip on the baseband device 1830, the chip including at least one processing element and An interface circuit, in which the processing element is configured to perform each step of any one of the methods performed by the network device, and the interface circuit is configured to communicate with other devices.
  • the unit that the network device implements each step in the above method may be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler.
  • an apparatus for a network device includes a processing element and a storage element.
  • the processing element calls a program stored by the storage element,
  • the method performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment is performed.
  • the storage element may be a storage element on the same chip as the processing element, that is, an on-chip storage element, or a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element.
  • the unit that the network device implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, which are disposed on the baseband device.
  • the processing element here may be an integrated circuit, for example: an Or multiple ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
  • the unit that implements each step in the above method of the network device may be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • the baseband device includes the SOC chip to implement the above method.
  • At least one processing element and storage element may be integrated in the chip, and the method executed by the network device may be implemented by the processing element calling a stored program of the storage element; or, at least one integrated circuit may be integrated in the chip to implement the above network
  • the method executed by the device or, in combination with the above implementation manner, the functions of some units are implemented in the form of a program called by a processing element, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of an integrated circuit.
  • the above apparatus for a network device may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, where at least one processing element is configured to execute any one of the network devices provided by the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processing element may perform some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the first manner: by calling a program stored by the storage element; or in the second manner: by combining instructions in the hardware with integrated logic circuits in the processor element
  • the processing elements here are the same as described above, and may be general-purpose processors, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as: one or more ASICs, or one or more micro-processing Processor DSP, or one or more FPGAs, or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
  • a storage element may be a single memory or a collective term for multiple storage elements.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application. It may be the terminal in the above embodiments, and is used to implement the operation of the terminal in the above embodiments.
  • the terminal includes: an antenna 1910, a radio frequency portion 1920, and a signal processing portion 1930.
  • the antenna 1910 is connected to the radio frequency part 1920.
  • the radio frequency portion 1920 receives information sent by the network device through the antenna 1910, and sends the information sent by the network device to the signal processing portion 1930 for processing.
  • the signal processing section 1930 processes the information of the terminal and sends it to the radio frequency section 1920.
  • the radio frequency section 1920 processes the information of the terminal and sends it to the network device via the antenna 1910.
  • the signal processing section 1930 may include a modulation and demodulation subsystem to implement processing of each communication protocol layer of the data; it may also include a central processing subsystem to implement processing of the terminal operating system and the application layer; in addition, it may also include Other subsystems, such as multimedia subsystems and peripheral subsystems. Among them, the multimedia subsystem is used to control the terminal camera and screen display, and the peripheral subsystem is used to achieve connection with other devices.
  • the modem subsystem can be a separately set chip.
  • the above device for a terminal may be located in the modulation and demodulation subsystem.
  • the modem subsystem may include one or more processing elements 1931, for example, including a main control CPU and other integrated circuits.
  • the modem subsystem may further include a storage element 1932 and an interface circuit 1933.
  • the storage element 1932 is used to store data and programs, but the program for executing the method executed by the terminal in the above method may not be stored in the storage element 1932, but stored in a memory other than the modem subsystem, and used When the modem subsystem is loaded.
  • the interface circuit 1933 is used to communicate with other subsystems.
  • the above device for a terminal may be located in a modulation and demodulation subsystem, which may be implemented by a chip.
  • the chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, and the processing element is configured to perform any method performed by the terminal. Each step of the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices.
  • the unit that the terminal implements each step in the above method may be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler.
  • a device for a terminal includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls a program stored by the storage element to execute the above. The method executed by the terminal in the method embodiment.
  • the storage element may be a storage element whose processing element is on the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element.
  • the program for executing the method executed by the terminal in the above method may be a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element.
  • the processing element calls or loads the program from the off-chip storage element to the on-chip storage element to call and execute the method executed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the unit that implements each step in the above method of the terminal may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are provided on the modulation and demodulation subsystem.
  • the processing elements here may be integrated circuits, such as : One or more ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
  • the unit that implements each step in the above method in the terminal may be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • SOC system-on-a-chip
  • the SOC chip is used to implement the above method.
  • At least one processing element and storage element may be integrated in the chip, and the method executed by the above terminal may be implemented by the processing element calling a stored program of the storage element; or, at least one integrated circuit may be integrated in the chip to implement the above terminal execution.
  • the functions of some units are implemented in the form of a program called by a processing element, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of an integrated circuit.
  • the above apparatus for a terminal may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, where at least one processing element is configured to execute any method performed by the terminal provided by the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processing element can execute some or all steps executed by the terminal in the first way: by calling a program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: by integrating the integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor element with the instruction Some or all of the steps performed by the terminal are performed in a manner; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the terminal may also be performed in combination with the first and second methods.
  • the processing elements here are the same as described above, and may be general-purpose processors, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as: one or more ASICs, or one or more micro-processing Processor DSP, or one or more FPGAs, or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
  • a storage element may be a single memory or a collective term for multiple storage elements.
  • the foregoing program may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the program is executed, the program is executed.
  • the method includes the steps of the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and other media that can store program codes.

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a V2X communication method, comprising: a first network device sends a request message to a second network device and receives a response message from the second network device, the request message being used for requesting the second network device to configure a V2X resource for a terminal, and the response message comprising V2X resource configuration information, wherein the V2X resource configuration information is used for indicating the V2X resource configured for the terminal; and the first network device sends the V2X resource configuration information to the terminal. In this way, the terminal may receive the V2X resource configuration information, thereby obtaining V2X resources of more cells other than a cell of the first network device, and issues a V2X service by using the V2X resources, thereby increasing the data throughput rate of V2X.

Description

V2X通信方法、装置及系统V2X communication method, device and system
本申请要求于2018年06月27日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201810706021.3、申请名称为“V2X通信方法、装置及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority from Chinese patent applications filed on June 27, 2018 with the State Intellectual Property Office of China, with the application number 201810706021.3, and the application name "V2X communication method, device and system", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference Applying.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,特别涉及V2X通信方法、装置及系统。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a V2X communication method, device, and system.
背景技术Background technique
随着无线通信技术的发展,其在越来越广泛的领域获得应用。例如,在车辆通信领域中,车辆外联(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)技术致力于实现高速设备之间,高速设备与低速设备之间,或高速设备与静止设备之间低时延高可靠性的通信。其中,X可以表示车辆、行人、道路设施、或网络等,即V2X可以包括车-车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)通信、车-道路设施(vehicle-to-infrastructure,V2I)通信、车-行人(vehicle-to-pedestrian,V2P)通信、或车-网络(vehicle-to-network,V2N)通信等。With the development of wireless communication technology, it has been applied in more and more extensive fields. For example, in the field of vehicle communications, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) technology is committed to achieving low latency and high reliability between high-speed devices, between high-speed devices and low-speed devices, or between high-speed devices and stationary devices. Sexual communication. Among them, X may represent a vehicle, a pedestrian, a road facility, or a network, etc. That is, V2X may include vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I) communication, and vehicle. -Pedestrian-to-pedestrian (V2P) communication, or vehicle-to-network (V2N) communication, etc.
V2X(vehicle to X)技术是未来智能交通运输系统的关键技术,它使得车可以与外界进行通信,从而获得实时路况、道路信息、行人信息等一系列交通信息,从而提高驾驶安全性、减少拥堵、提高交通效率、提供车载娱乐信息等。V2X (vehicle to X) technology is a key technology for future intelligent transportation systems. It enables vehicles to communicate with the outside world to obtain a series of traffic information such as real-time road conditions, road information, and pedestrian information, thereby improving driving safety and reducing congestion. , Improve transportation efficiency, provide on-board entertainment information, etc.
可见,V2X通信对数据吞吐率的需求是比较高的,如何能够让V2X通信获得更大的数据吞吐率已经变得越来越重要。It can be seen that the demand for data throughput of V2X communication is relatively high, and how to enable V2X communication to obtain greater data throughput has become increasingly important.
发明内容Summary of the invention
有鉴于此,本申请实施例提供V2X通信方法、装置及系统,以期提高V2X的数据吞吐率。In view of this, the embodiments of the present application provide a V2X communication method, device and system, so as to improve the data throughput rate of V2X.
本申请中的V2X可以替换为边链路(sidelink,SL)或V2X SL。V2X in this application may be replaced with a side link (SL) or V2X SL.
第一方面,提供一种V2X通信方法,由第一网络设备执行。该方法包括:第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送请求消息,并接收第二网络设备发送的响应消息。其中,请求消息用于请求第二网络设备为终端配置V2X资源,响应消息包括V2X资源配置信息,该V2X资源配置信息用于指示为终端配置的V2X资源。第一网络设备将V2X资源配置信息发送给终端。In a first aspect, a V2X communication method is provided, which is executed by a first network device. The method includes: the first network device sends a request message to the second network device, and receives a response message sent by the second network device. The request message is used to request the second network device to configure V2X resources for the terminal, and the response message includes V2X resource configuration information, and the V2X resource configuration information is used to indicate the V2X resources configured for the terminal. The first network device sends the V2X resource configuration information to the terminal.
相应的,提供一种V2X通信方法,由第二网络设备执行。该方法包括:第二网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的请求消息,该请求消息用于请求第二网络设备为终端配置V2X资源。第二网络设备根据该请求消息为终端配置V2X资源,并向第一网络设备发送响应消息,该响应消息包括V2X资源配置信息,该V2X资源配置信息用于指示为终端配置的V2X资源。Accordingly, a V2X communication method is provided, which is executed by a second network device. The method includes: the second network device receives a request message from the first network device, the request message is used to request the second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal. The second network device configures a V2X resource for the terminal according to the request message, and sends a response message to the first network device. The response message includes V2X resource configuration information, and the V2X resource configuration information is used to indicate the V2X resource configured for the terminal.
通过以上方法,终端可以接收该V2X资源配置信息,从而获得除第一网络设备的小区之外更多小区的V2X的资源,利用该V2X资源,发起V2X业务,从而提高V2X 的数据吞吐率。Through the above method, the terminal can receive the V2X resource configuration information, thereby obtaining V2X resources of more cells than the cell of the first network device, and using the V2X resources to initiate V2X services, thereby improving the V2X data throughput rate.
以上V2X资源又可以称为V2X SL资源或SL资源,用于终端与终端之间通过PC5接口进行通信的资源。The above V2X resources can also be referred to as V2X SL resources or SL resources, which are resources used for terminal-to-terminal communication through the PC5 interface.
在一种实现中,以上请求消息包括终端的V2X信息。可选的,终端的V2X信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个:V2X请求指示,V2X授权信息,V2X聚合最大比特速率AMBR,V2X能力信息,V2X最大发射功率,和V2X业务类型信息。In one implementation, the above request message includes V2X information of the terminal. Optionally, the V2X information of the terminal includes one or more of the following information: V2X request indication, V2X authorization information, V2X aggregate maximum bit rate AMBR, V2X capability information, V2X maximum transmit power, and V2X service type information.
V2X请求指示用于指示第二网络设备为终端分配V2X资源,或者用于向第二网络设备指示请求V2X资源配置,或者用于通知第二网络设备终端有V2X业务需求。The V2X request indication is used to instruct the second network device to allocate V2X resources to the terminal, or used to instruct the second network device to request V2X resource configuration, or used to notify the second network device that the terminal has a V2X service requirement.
V2X授权信息用于指示终端被授权的终端类型。该V2X授权信息可以由第一网络设备从核心网设备获取。当第一网络设备和第二网络设备的无线接入技术(RAT)不同时,第一网络设备和第二网络设备(或者不同的RAT技术)可以共用相同的V2X授权信息,或者,第一网络设备和第二网络设备(或者不同的RAT技术)使用单独的V2X授权信息。当不同的RAT技术使用单独的V2X授权信息时,第一网络设备从核心网设备获取不同的授权信息,分别用于不同的RAT技术。此时,以上方法还包括:第一网络设备从核心网设备获取第一授权信息和第二授权信息,其中第一授权信息用于第一网络设备或用于第一网络设备的RAT,第二授权信息用于第二网络设备或用于第二网络设备的RAT;第一网络设备将第二授权信息携带在请求消息中,即作为请求消息中的V2X授权信息,发送给第二网络设备。V2X authorization information is used to indicate the type of terminal to which the terminal is authorized. The V2X authorization information may be obtained by the first network device from the core network device. When the first network device and the second network device have different radio access technologies (RATs), the first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) may share the same V2X authorization information, or the first network The device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) use separate V2X authorization information. When different RAT technologies use separate V2X authorization information, the first network device obtains different authorization information from the core network device, which are respectively used for different RAT technologies. At this time, the above method further includes: the first network device obtains the first authorization information and the second authorization information from the core network device, wherein the first authorization information is used for the first network device or for a RAT of the first network device, and the second The authorization information is used for the second network device or the RAT for the second network device; the first network device carries the second authorization information in the request message, that is, the V2X authorization information in the request message is sent to the second network device.
与V2X授权信息类似的,V2X AMBR由第一网络设备从核心网设备获取。当第一网络设备和第二网络设备的RAT不同时。第一网络设备和第二网络设备(或者不同的RAT技术)可以共用相同的V2X AMBR,或者,第一网络设备和第二网络设备(或者不同的RAT技术)使用单独的V2X AMBR。当不同的RAT技术使用单独的V2X AMBR时,第一网络设备从核心网设备获取不同的AMBR,分别用于不同的RAT技术。此时,以上方法还包括:第一网络设备从核心网设备获取第一AMBR和第二AMBR,其中第一AMBR用于第一网络设备或用于第一网络设备的RAT,第二AMBR用于第二网络设备或用于第二网络设备的RAT;第一网络设备将第二AMBR携带在请求消息中,即作为请求消息中的V2X AMBR,发送给第二网络设备。Similar to V2X authorization information, V2X AMBR is obtained by the first network device from the core network device. When the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different. The first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) may share the same V2X AMBR, or the first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) use separate V2X AMBRs. When different RAT technologies use separate V2X AMBRs, the first network device obtains different AMBRs from the core network device and uses them for different RAT technologies. At this time, the above method further includes: the first network device obtains the first AMBR and the second AMBR from the core network device, where the first AMBR is used for the first network device or for the RAT of the first network device, and the second AMBR is used for The second network device or the RAT used for the second network device; the first network device carries the second AMBR in the request message, that is, the V2X AMBR in the request message is sent to the second network device.
V2X能力信息包括终端上报给第一网络设备的全部能力信息或部分能力信息。The V2X capability information includes all or part of the capability information reported by the terminal to the first network device.
V2X最大发射功率用于指示终端利用第二网络设备配置的V2X资源进行V2X通信时允许的最大发射功率。当第一网络设备和第二网络设备的RAT不同时,第一网络设备和第二网络设备可以共享最大发射功率或使用独立的最大发射功率。当第一网络设备和第二网络设备共享最大发射功率时,以上方法还包括:第一网络设备从终端获取最大发射功率,并将该最大发射功率分为用于第一网络设备(或第一网络设备的RAT)的第一最大发射功率和用于第二网络设备(或第二网络设备的RAT)的第二最大发射功率,第一网络设备将第二最大发射功率携带在请求消息中,即作为请求消息中的V2X最大发射功率,发送给第二网络设备。当第一网络设备和第二网络设备使用独立的最大发射功率时,以上方法还包括:第一网络设备从终端获取用于第一网络设备(或第一网络设备的RAT)的第一最大发射功率和用于第二网络设备(或第二网络设备的RAT)的第二最大发射功率,且将第二最大发射功率携带在请求消息中,即作为请求 消息中的V2X最大发射功率,发送给第二网络设备。The V2X maximum transmission power is used to indicate the maximum transmission power allowed for the terminal when using the V2X resources configured by the second network device for V2X communication. When the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different, the first network device and the second network device may share the maximum transmission power or use independent maximum transmission power. When the first network device and the second network device share the maximum transmission power, the above method further includes: the first network device obtains the maximum transmission power from the terminal, and divides the maximum transmission power for the first network device (or the first network device). A first maximum transmission power of the network device (RAT) and a second maximum transmission power for the second network device (or the RAT of the second network device), the first network device carrying the second maximum transmission power in the request message, That is, it is sent to the second network device as the V2X maximum transmission power in the request message. When the first network device and the second network device use independent maximum transmission power, the above method further includes: the first network device obtains a first maximum transmission for the first network device (or the RAT of the first network device) from the terminal. Power and the second maximum transmission power for the second network device (or the RAT of the second network device), and the second maximum transmission power is carried in the request message, that is, the V2X maximum transmission power in the request message is sent to The second network device.
V2X业务类型信息可以包括V2X业务类型指示或者V2X服务质量(QoS)参数,用于指示V2X的业务类型或QoS需求。其中,业务类型包括:1、IP或者non-IP;2、V2V,V2I,V2N或者V2P;3、供应商服务标识符(PSID)或智能交通系统应用标识符(ITS-AID)。V2X QoS参数包括单个包优先级(PPPP)或者单个包可靠性(PPPR)或者QoS流标识(QFI)或者5G QoS指示(5QI)或者优先级等级,或它们的任意组合。The V2X service type information may include a V2X service type indication or a V2X quality of service (QoS) parameter, which is used to indicate a V2X service type or QoS requirement. The service types include: 1. IP or non-IP; 2. V2V, V2I, V2N or V2P; 3. Supplier service identifier (PSID) or intelligent transportation system application identifier (ITS-AID). V2X QoS parameters include single packet priority (PPPP) or single packet reliability (PPPR) or QoS flow identification (QFI) or 5G QoS indication (5QI) or priority level, or any combination thereof.
可选的,以上方法还包括:第一网络设备还可以向终端发送转移到第二网络设备的V2X业务类型信息。其中,V2X业务类型信息包括V2X业务类型指示或者V2X QoS参数。该V2X业务类型信息可以和V2X资源配置信息携带在同一配置消息中。Optionally, the above method further includes: the first network device may further send V2X service type information transferred to the second network device to the terminal. The V2X service type information includes a V2X service type indication or a V2X QoS parameter. The V2X service type information may be carried in the same configuration message as the V2X resource configuration information.
在一种实现中,以上V2X资源配置信息包括边链路无线网络临时标识(SL-RNTI)和V2X资源。可选的,V2X资源配置信息还包括以下信息中的一个或多个:V2X的同步配置、同步参考类型配置、区域配置信息、V2X异频信息、SL发送优先级配置参数、SL的优先级、调制编码策略(MCS)、和发送功率。In one implementation, the above V2X resource configuration information includes a side-link wireless network temporary identification (SL-RNTI) and V2X resources. Optionally, the V2X resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following information: V2X synchronization configuration, synchronization reference type configuration, area configuration information, V2X inter-frequency information, SL transmission priority configuration parameters, SL priority, Modulation and coding strategy (MCS), and transmit power.
在一种实现中,以上请求消息为辅节点(SN)添加请求消息,以上响应消息为SN添加请求确认消息。即在双连接(DC)的添加SN的过程中,实现SN对V2X资源的配置。在现有的DC技术中,需要有承载要分流到SN的时候才触发DC的配置。而在本申请中,针对V2X业务,由于并不一定需要产生承载,因此可以不适用此原则,即,可以为支持V2X业务,而触发SN添加请求流程。或者,可以引入一个新的流程,类似SN增加请求流程,此时,以上请求消息为新增请求消息,例如可以称为V2X/SL请求消息等,如此,可以向后兼容,不影响现有的DC机制。In one implementation, the above request message is a secondary node (SN) addition request message, and the above response message is an SN addition request confirmation message. That is, in the process of adding a SN to a dual connection (DC), the configuration of V2X resources by the SN is implemented. In the existing DC technology, the configuration of the DC is triggered only when the bearer is to be offloaded to the SN. In this application, for V2X services, since the bearer does not necessarily need to be generated, this principle may not be applicable, that is, the SN addition request process may be triggered in order to support V2X services. Alternatively, a new process can be introduced, similar to the SN adding request process. At this time, the above request message is a new request message, for example, it can be called a V2X / SL request message, etc. In this way, it can be backward compatible without affecting the existing DC mechanism.
此外,在现有的DC技术中,如果终端用到了SN的空口资源,则需要与SN之间进行随机接入。在本申请中,如果除了V2X业务之外,终端并没有其他业务,只是为了支持V2X业务而增加SN,且同步源又没有选择SN,此时,终端可以不与SN做同步,即不向SN发起随机接入。In addition, in the existing DC technology, if the terminal uses the air interface resources of the SN, it needs to perform random access with the SN. In this application, if the terminal has no other services besides the V2X service, the SN is only added to support the V2X service, and the synchronization source does not select the SN. At this time, the terminal may not synchronize with the SN, that is, not to the SN Initiate random access.
可见,可以在DC的初始配置的过程中完成SN对V2X资源的配置,进而终端可以利用该SN配置的V2X资源进行V2X通信,获得除主节点(MN)的小区之外更多小区的V2X的资源,从而提高V2X的数据吞吐率。如此,在完成DC初始配置的同时,获得了SN上的V2X资源,节约了信令,且提高了通信效率。It can be seen that the configuration of V2X resources by the SN can be completed during the initial configuration of the DC, and then the terminal can use the V2X resources configured by the SN to perform V2X communication, and obtain V2X of more cells than the cell of the master node (MN) Resources to improve V2X data throughput. In this way, while the initial configuration of the DC is completed, V2X resources on the SN are obtained, signaling is saved, and communication efficiency is improved.
在另一种实现中,以上请求消息为SN修改请求消息,以上响应消息为SN修改请求确认消息。即在双连接(DC)的SN修改过程中,实现SN对V2X资源的配置。In another implementation, the above request message is an SN modification request message, and the above response message is an SN modification request confirmation message. That is, in the dual connection (DC) SN modification process, the configuration of V2X resources by the SN is realized.
在现有技术中,该SN修改请求消息用于请求修改SN的配置,例如请求将某些承载建立在SN上,或请求修改SCG承载、split承载的SCG部分,或者请求SCG小区的增加或释放等。在本实施例中,可以请求SN为终端更新V2X资源配置,例如在终端更新了感兴趣的频率信息时,MN可以将更新的频率信息告知SN,让SN去更改配置,即SN为终端重配V2X资源。又例如,MN决策更改分配给SN的V2X业务或V2X QoS,则将更改的V2X业务或V2X QoS告知SN,让SN更改配置,即SN为终端重配V2X资源。In the prior art, the SN modification request message is used to request to modify the configuration of the SN, for example, to request that certain bearers be established on the SN, or to modify the SCG bearer, the SCG part of the split bearer, or to request the addition or release of an SCG cell. Wait. In this embodiment, the SN may be requested to update the V2X resource configuration for the terminal. For example, when the terminal updates the frequency information of interest, the MN may inform the SN of the updated frequency information and let the SN change the configuration, that is, the SN is reconfigured for the terminal. V2X resources. For another example, when the MN decides to change the V2X service or V2X QoS assigned to the SN, it informs the SN of the changed V2X service or V2X QoS and lets the SN change the configuration, that is, the SN reconfigures the V2X resources for the terminal.
在一种实现中,在第一网络设备可以与其它网络设备交互各自对V2X的支持情况, 从而在选择第二网络设备时,第一网络设备可以选择能够支持V2X功能的网络设备作为第二网络设备,从而在终端有V2X业务的需求时,降低了第一网络设备为终端选择的第二网络设备无法提供相应的服务的可能性。此时,以上方法还包括:第一网络设备从第二网络设备接收V2X支持信息;第一网络设备根据该V2X支持信息,确定第二网络设备支持V2X业务时,向第二网络设备发送所述请求消息。In one implementation, the first network device can interact with other network devices to support V2X, so when selecting the second network device, the first network device can select a network device capable of supporting the V2X function as the second network. Equipment, thereby reducing the possibility that the second network device selected by the first network device for the terminal cannot provide corresponding services when the terminal has a demand for V2X services. At this time, the above method further includes: the first network device receives V2X support information from the second network device; and when the first network device determines that the second network device supports the V2X service according to the V2X support information, sending the second network device to the second network device Request message.
可选的,V2X支持信息可以包括:V2X能力信息,用于指示第二网络设备是否支持V2X业务;或者,V2X业务类型,用于指示第二网络设备支持的V2X业务类型;或者,V2X服务质量QoS参数,用于指示第二网络设备支持的V2X QoS;或者,提供V2X服务的频率,用于指示第二网络设备支持的用于V2X服务的频率。Optionally, the V2X support information may include: V2X capability information, which is used to indicate whether the second network device supports V2X services; or, a V2X service type, which is used to indicate the V2X service type supported by the second network device; or, V2X service quality The QoS parameter is used to indicate the V2X QoS supported by the second network device; or the frequency of providing the V2X service is used to indicate the frequency used by the second network device for the V2X service.
当采用V2X能力信息时,第一网络设备可以获知其它网络设备是否支持V2X业务,从而在终端有V2X业务需求时,选择支持V2X业务的网络设备作为第二网络设备,例如在DC场景下,选择支持V2X业务的网络设备作为SN。当采用V2X业务类型时,第一网络设备不仅可以知道其它网络设备是否支持V2X业务,还可以知道其它网络设备支持的V2X业务的类型,从而选择与终端V2X业务类型相匹配的的第二网络设备。当采用V2X QoS参数时,第一网络设备不仅可以知道其它网络设备是否支持V2X业务,还可以知道其它网络设备支持的V2X QoS等级,从而选择与终端V2X QoS等级相匹配的的第二网络设备。当采用提供V2X服务的频率时,第一网络设备不仅可以知道其它网络设备是否支持V2X业务,还可以知道第二网络设备支持的频率。例如,网络设备下的小区的频率例如是1.8G,但它支持异频V2X,也就是说,它支持给终端分配其他频率的V2X资源,比如5.9G等。第一网络设备可以从终端收到终端感兴趣的频率,那在选择SN的时候可以去判读SN是否支持终端感兴趣的频率。When V2X capability information is used, the first network device can know whether other network devices support V2X services, so when the terminal has V2X service requirements, it selects a network device that supports V2X services as the second network device. For example, in the DC scenario, select Network devices that support V2X services act as SNs. When using the V2X service type, the first network device can know not only whether other network devices support V2X services, but also the type of V2X services supported by other network devices, so as to select a second network device that matches the V2X service type of the terminal. . When the V2X QoS parameter is adopted, the first network device can not only know whether other network devices support V2X services, but also know the V2X QoS level supported by other network devices, so as to select a second network device that matches the terminal V2X QoS level. When using a frequency that provides V2X services, the first network device can not only know whether other network devices support V2X services, but also know the frequencies supported by the second network device. For example, the frequency of the cell under the network device is, for example, 1.8G, but it supports inter-frequency V2X, that is, it supports the allocation of V2X resources of other frequencies to the terminal, such as 5.9G. The first network device can receive the frequency that the terminal is interested in from the terminal, and when selecting the SN, it can judge whether the SN supports the frequency that the terminal is interested in.
在一种实现中,第一网络设备可以将其支持为终端配置更多小区的V2X资源的能力告知终端,如此可以帮助终端在选择小区驻留时,考虑V2X的影响,在支持V2X业务时,可以优先选择有这种功能的小区驻留。此时,以上方法还包括:第一网络设备向终端发送通知信息,该通知信息用于指示第一网络设备支持为终端配置更多小区的V2X资源的能力。In one implementation, the first network device can inform the terminal of its ability to support the configuration of more cell V2X resources for the terminal. This can help the terminal to consider the impact of V2X when selecting a cell to camp on, and when supporting V2X services, You can preferentially choose a cell that has this function. At this time, the above method further includes: the first network device sends notification information to the terminal, and the notification information is used to indicate that the first network device supports a capability of configuring more V2X resources of the cell for the terminal.
可选的,在第一网络设备和第二网络设备的RAT不同时,该通知信息用于指示第一网络设备支持为终端配置异制式小区的V2X资源的能力,即,指示第一网络设备支持为终端配置异制式V2X服务的能力。Optionally, when the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different, the notification information is used to indicate the ability of the first network device to support the configuration of a V2X resource of a different system cell for the terminal, that is, to indicate that the first network device supports Ability to configure different systems of V2X services for terminals.
在一种实现中,终端可以将终端是否支持V2X的能力信息上报给网络设备,该能力信息进一步的可以为终端对NR V2X的支持能力,该能力信息可以上报到RAN侧,也可以上报到核心网侧。该能力信息,例如可以为V2X业务类型。如此,网络设备可以在获知终端支持NR V2X或者支持DC下做V2X的情况下,为终端配置NR V2X测量,或者为终端配置V2X DC。此时,以上方法还包括:第一网络设备从终端接收V2X的能力信息。In one implementation, the terminal can report to the network device whether the terminal supports V2X capability information. The capability information can further be the terminal's support capability for NR V2X. The capability information can be reported to the RAN side or to the core. Network side. The capability information may be, for example, a V2X service type. In this way, the network device can configure NR V2X measurement for the terminal or V2XDC for the terminal when it knows that the terminal supports NR V2X or supports DC for V2X. At this time, the above method further includes: the first network device receives V2X capability information from the terminal.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,当其用于第一网络设备时,包括用于执行以上第一方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的各个步骤的单元或手段(means);当其用于第二网络设备时,包括用于执行以上第一方面的任一种实现中第二网络设备执行的各个步骤的单元或手段(means)。In addition, a V2X communication device is also provided, and when it is used for the first network device, it includes a unit or means for performing each step performed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the first aspect above; When it is used for the second network device, it includes units or means for performing each step performed by the second network device in any one of the implementations of the first aspect above.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括处理器和存储器,存储器用于存储程序,处理器调用存储器中的程序,当其用于第一网络设备时,用于执行以上第一方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法;当其用于第二网络设备时,用于执行以上第一方面的任一种实现中第二网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store the program, and the processor calls the program in the memory. When it is used in the first network device, it is used to execute any one of the first aspects above. A method performed by a first network device in an implementation; when used in a second network device, used to perform a method performed by a second network device in any one of the implementations of the first aspect above.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于与其它装置通信,当其用于第一网络设备时,所述处理器用于执行以上第一方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法;当其用于第二网络设备时,所述处理器用于执行以上第一方面的任一种实现中第二网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes a processor and an interface circuit. The interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices. When it is used in a first network device, the processor is used to perform any of the foregoing first aspects. A method implemented by a first network device in an implementation; when it is used in a second network device, the processor is configured to execute the method performed by the second network device in any one of the implementations of the first aspect above.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,与存储器相连,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,当其用于第一网络设备时,用于实现以上第一方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法;当其用于第二网络设备时,用于实现以上第一方面的任一种实现中第二网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which is connected to the memory and is used to read and execute the program stored in the memory. When it is used in the first network device, it is used to implement any one of the implementations of the first aspect above. The method executed by the first network device; when used in the second network device, used to implement the method executed by the second network device in any one of the first aspects above.
此外,还提供一种程序,该程序在被处理器执行时用于实现以上第一方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法,或,用于实现以上第一方面的任一种实现中第二网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a program is provided for implementing the method executed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the above first aspect when executed by a processor, or used to implement any of the above first aspects. The method executed by the second network device in the implementation.
此外,还提供一种程序产品,例如计算机可读存储介质,包括以上程序。In addition, a program product, such as a computer-readable storage medium, is provided, including the above program.
第二方面,提供一种V2X通信方法,由第一网络设备执行,包括:第一网络设备向终端发送V2X测量配置信息,该V2X测量配置信息包括第二网络设备的小区标识、第二网络设备的小区的V2X资源信息、和V2X测量事件;第一网络设备接收终端根据该V2X测量配置信息进行测量并上报的测量结果。In a second aspect, a V2X communication method is provided, which is executed by a first network device and includes: the first network device sends V2X measurement configuration information to a terminal, where the V2X measurement configuration information includes a cell identifier of a second network device, and a second network device The V2X resource information and the V2X measurement event of the cell; the first network device receives the measurement result that the terminal performs measurement and reports according to the V2X measurement configuration information.
相应的,提供一种V2X通信方法,由终端执行,包括:终端接收来自第一网络设备的V2X测量配置信息,并根据该测量配置信息进行测量并上报测量结果。其中,V2X测量配置信息包括第二网络设备的小区标识、第二网络设备的小区的V2X资源信息、和V2X测量事件。Correspondingly, a V2X communication method is provided and executed by a terminal. The method includes: the terminal receives V2X measurement configuration information from a first network device, performs measurement according to the measurement configuration information, and reports a measurement result. The V2X measurement configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second network device, V2X resource information of a cell of the second network device, and a V2X measurement event.
在测量过程中,终端根据小区标识确定待测量的小区,且根据V2X资源信息获知V2X资源位置,并对该V2X资源进行测量。当测量结果满足V2X测量事件的要求时,终端上报该测量结果。During the measurement process, the terminal determines the cell to be measured according to the cell identifier, obtains the V2X resource location according to the V2X resource information, and measures the V2X resource. When the measurement result meets the requirements of the V2X measurement event, the terminal reports the measurement result.
可见,网络设备为终端配置V2X测量,以获得终端对其它小区的V2X服务质量的测量结果,从而根据测量结果选择合适的小区为终端提供V2X服务,使得选择的小区可以满足终端对V2X业务的服务质量需求。本方法可以与以上第一方面提供的方法进行结合,进一步提高终端在第二网络设备的V2X服务质量,从而提高V2X的数据吞吐率。It can be seen that the network device configures V2X measurement for the terminal to obtain the measurement result of the V2X service quality of the other cell by the terminal, so as to select a suitable cell to provide the terminal with V2X service according to the measurement result, so that the selected cell can satisfy the terminal's service for V2X services. Quality requirements. This method can be combined with the method provided in the first aspect above to further improve the V2X service quality of the terminal on the second network device, thereby improving the V2X data throughput rate.
可选的,测量结果例如为信道繁忙率(CBR)。Optionally, the measurement result is, for example, a channel busy rate (CBR).
可选的,测量结果携带于测量报告中,该测量报告还包括第一小区的标识,其中第一小区为测量结果满足测量事件的小区。Optionally, the measurement result is carried in a measurement report, and the measurement report further includes an identifier of the first cell, where the first cell is a cell whose measurement result satisfies a measurement event.
可选的,测量报告还可以包括测量事件标识,用于指示该测量结果所满足的测量事件,或者用于指示触发该测量结果上报的测量事件。Optionally, the measurement report may further include a measurement event identifier, which is used to indicate a measurement event satisfied by the measurement result, or is used to indicate a measurement event that triggers the measurement result to be reported.
可选的,测量报告中还可以包括V2X资源上报标识,用于指示该测量结果所对应的V2X资源。此时,V2X测量配置信息还可以包括资源上报标识,该资源上报标识用 于标识V2X资源,即终端上报测量结果时可以携带该资源上报标识,用于标识上报的测量结果对应的V2X资源。Optionally, the measurement report may further include a V2X resource reporting identifier, which is used to indicate the V2X resource corresponding to the measurement result. At this time, the V2X measurement configuration information may also include a resource reporting identifier. The resource reporting identifier is used to identify the V2X resource, that is, the terminal may carry the resource reporting identifier when reporting the measurement result, and is used to identify the V2X resource corresponding to the reported measurement result.
在一种实现中,第一网络设备可以从网络管理设备获取第二网络设备的小区的信息,例如小区标识,小区的V2X资源信息,据此生成V2X测量配置信息。In one implementation, the first network device may obtain the cell information of the second network device from the network management device, such as a cell identifier and V2X resource information of the cell, and generate V2X measurement configuration information accordingly.
在另一种实现中,第一网络设备可以从第二网络设备获取小区的信息,例如小区标识,小区的V2X资源信息,据此生成V2X测量配置信息。此时,以上方法可以包括:第一网络设备从第二网络设备获取小区标识和小区的V2X资源信息;第一网络设备根据获取的小区标识和小区的V2X资源信息,生成V2X测量配置信息。In another implementation, the first network device may obtain cell information from the second network device, such as a cell identifier and V2X resource information of the cell, and generate V2X measurement configuration information accordingly. At this time, the above method may include: the first network device acquires the cell identifier and the V2X resource information of the cell from the second network device; and the first network device generates the V2X measurement configuration information according to the obtained cell identifier and the V2X resource information of the cell.
以上V2X测量事件包括以下事件的一种或多种:The above V2X measurement events include one or more of the following events:
邻区V2X资源的信道繁忙率(CBR)小于门限值或小于等于第一门限值;The channel busy rate (CBR) of the V2X resources in the neighboring cell is less than the threshold value or less than or equal to the first threshold value;
第一网络设备的服务小区的V2X资源的CBR大于或大于等于第二门限值,且邻区V2X资源的CBR小于或小于等于第三门限值;The CBR of the V2X resource of the serving cell of the first network device is greater than or equal to the second threshold, and the CBR of the V2X resources of the neighboring cell is less than or equal to the third threshold;
第二网络设备的服务小区的V2X资源的CBR大于或大于等于第四门限值,且邻区V2X资源的CBR小于或小于等于第五门限值;The CBR of the V2X resource of the serving cell of the second network device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold, and the CBR of the V2X resources of the neighboring cell is less than or equal to the fifth threshold;
第二网络设备的服务小区的V2X资源的CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值。The CBR of the V2X resource of the serving cell of the second network device is greater than or equal to a sixth threshold.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括用于执行以上第二方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的各个步骤的单元或手段(means)。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes units or means for performing each step performed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括处理器和存储器,存储器用于存储程序,处理器调用存储器中的程序,用于执行以上第二方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store the program, and the processor calls the program in the memory to execute the method performed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above. .
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于与其它装置通信,所述处理器用于执行以上第二方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes a processor and an interface circuit, where the interface circuit is configured to communicate with other devices, and the processor is configured to execute the first network device in any of the implementations of the second aspect above. method.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,与存储器相连,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,用于实现以上第二方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which is connected to the memory and is used to read and execute the program stored in the memory, and is used to implement the method executed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above.
此外,还提供一种程序,该程序在被处理器执行时用于实现以上第二方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a program is provided, which when executed by a processor, is used to implement the method executed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above.
此外,还提供一种程序产品,例如计算机可读存储介质,包括以上程序。In addition, a program product, such as a computer-readable storage medium, is provided, including the above program.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括用于执行以上第二方面的任一种实现中终端执行的各个步骤的单元或手段(means)。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes units or means for performing each step performed by the terminal in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括处理器和存储器,存储器用于存储程序,处理器调用存储器中的程序,用于执行以上第二方面的任一种实现中终端执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store the program, and the processor calls the program in the memory to execute the method executed by the terminal in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于与其它装置通信,所述处理器用于执行以上第二方面的任一种实现中终端执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes a processor and an interface circuit, where the interface circuit is configured to communicate with other devices, and the processor is configured to execute the method executed by the terminal in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,与存储器相连,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,用于实现以上第二方面的任一种实现中终端执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is also provided, which is connected to the memory and is used to read and execute the program stored in the memory, and is used to implement the method executed by the terminal in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above.
此外,还提供一种程序,该程序在被处理器执行时用于实现以上第二方面的任一种实现中终端执行的方法。In addition, a program is provided for implementing the method for terminal execution in any one of the implementations of the second aspect above when executed by a processor.
此外,还提供一种程序产品,例如计算机可读存储介质,包括以上程序。In addition, a program product, such as a computer-readable storage medium, is provided, including the above program.
在第一方面中,第一网络设备和第二网络设备可以都为终端配置V2X资源。其中,在第一网络设备为终端提供的V2X资源不足以满足终端的业务需求,或者说不足以满足吞吐率的要求时可以触发更多的网络设备,例如,第二网络设备,为终端配置V2X资源。此外,当终端存在某种V2X业务需求,而该V2X业务第一网络设备无法支持时,可以触发其它可以支持该业务的网络设备,例如第二网络设备,为终端配置V2X资源。在第一网络设备和第二网络设备都为终端配置了V2X资源后,终端可以获得第一网络设备的V2X资源和第二网络设备的V2X资源,此时,可以对业务传输使用哪个网络设备配置的V2X资源进行设计,以提高V2X通信的效率和吞吐率。此外,还可以提高业务与RAT的匹配度,更加有利于通信质量的提高。In the first aspect, the first network device and the second network device may both configure V2X resources for the terminal. Among them, when the V2X resources provided by the first network device to the terminal are insufficient to meet the terminal's business needs, or to meet the throughput requirements, more network devices can be triggered, for example, the second network device configures V2X for the terminal. Resources. In addition, when a terminal has a certain V2X service requirement and the first network device of the V2X service cannot support it, other network devices that can support the service, such as a second network device, can be triggered to configure V2X resources for the terminal. After both the first network device and the second network device have configured V2X resources for the terminal, the terminal can obtain the V2X resources of the first network device and the V2X resources of the second network device. At this time, which network device configuration can be used for service transmission V2X resources are designed to improve the efficiency and throughput of V2X communications. In addition, the matching between the service and the RAT can be improved, which is more conducive to the improvement of communication quality.
基于此,第三方面,提供一种V2X通信方法,用于第一网络设备和第二网络设备共同为终端提供V2X服务的通信系统,该方法包括:终端确定目标网络设备,该目标网络设备为第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备;终端采用目标网络设备配置的V2X资源与其它终端进行V2X通信。Based on this, in a third aspect, a V2X communication method is provided for a communication system in which a first network device and a second network device jointly provide a terminal with a V2X service. The method includes: the terminal determining a target network device, the target network device being The first network device and / or the second network device; the terminal uses V2X resources configured by the target network device to perform V2X communication with other terminals.
第一网络设备和第二网络设备的RAT不同。The RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different.
在一种实现中,该终端预设有业务类型与RAT的对应关系。此时,终端确定目标网络设备,包括:终端根据数据的业务类型,确定该业务类型对应的目标RAT;将RAT为目标RAT的第一网络设备或第二网络设备确定为目标网络设备。或者,终端预设有服务质量(QoS)参数与RAT的对应关系,此时,终端确定目标网络设备,包括:终端根据数据的QoS参数,确定该QoS参数对应的目标RAT;将RAT为目标RAT的第一网络设备或第二网络设备确定为目标网络设备。In one implementation, the terminal presets a correspondence relationship between a service type and a RAT. At this time, the terminal determining the target network device includes: the terminal determines the target RAT corresponding to the service type according to the service type of the data; and determines the first network device or the second network device whose RAT is the target RAT as the target network device. Alternatively, the terminal presets a correspondence relationship between a quality of service (QoS) parameter and a RAT. At this time, the terminal determines a target network device, including: the terminal determines a target RAT corresponding to the QoS parameter according to the data QoS parameter; The first network device or the second network device is determined as the target network device.
在另一种实现中,终端预设有业务类型与网络设备的对应关系或者QoS参数与网络设备的对应关系。此时,终端确定目标网络设备,包括:终端根据数据的业务类型或QoS参数,确定该业务类型或QoS参数对应的网络设备为目标网络设备。In another implementation, the terminal presets a correspondence relationship between a service type and a network device or a correspondence relationship between a QoS parameter and a network device. At this time, the terminal determining the target network device includes: according to the service type or QoS parameter of the data, the terminal determines that the network device corresponding to the service type or QoS parameter is the target network device.
在又一种实现中,网络侧下发策略,使得终端根据该网络侧下发的策略决定采用哪个网络设备的V2X资源。此时以上方法还包括:终端从网络侧接收策略,且根据该策略确定目标网络设备。In another implementation, the network side issues a policy, so that the terminal decides which network device's V2X resources to use according to the policy issued by the network side. At this time, the above method further includes: the terminal receives a policy from the network side, and determines a target network device according to the policy.
可选的,该策略包括业务类型与RAT的对应关系或者QoS参数与RAT的对应关系,此时,终端根据策略确定目标网络设备,包括:终端根据数据的业务类型或根据数据的QoS参数,确定该业务类型或QoS参数对应的目标RAT;将RAT为目标RAT的第一网络设备或第二网络设备确定为目标网络设备。Optionally, the policy includes a correspondence between a service type and a RAT or a correspondence between a QoS parameter and a RAT. At this time, the terminal determines the target network device according to the policy, including: the terminal determines the service type of the data or the QoS parameter of the data The target RAT corresponding to the service type or QoS parameter; the first network device or the second network device whose RAT is the target RAT is determined as the target network device.
可选的,该策略包括业务类型与网络设备的对应关系或者QoS参数与网络设备的对应关系,此时,终端根据策略确定目标网络设备,包括:终端根据数据的业务类型或根据数据的QoS参数,确定该业务类型或QoS参数对应的网络设备为目标网络设备。Optionally, the policy includes a correspondence between a service type and a network device or a correspondence between a QoS parameter and a network device. At this time, the terminal determines the target network device according to the policy, including the terminal's service type based on data or QoS parameters based on data. , Determine the network device corresponding to the service type or QoS parameter as the target network device.
可选的,该策略包括QoS参数的门限值。此时,终端根据策略确定目标网络设备,包括:终端根据数据的QoS参数,确定该数据的目标RAT,其中当数据的QoS参数大于门限值时,目标RAT为第一网络设备的RAT;当数据的QoS参数小于门限值时,目标RAT为第二网络设备的RAT;当数据的QoS参数等于门限值时,目标RAT为第一网络设备或第二网络设备的RAT。或者,当数据的QoS参数大于门限值时,目标RAT为第二网络设备的RAT;当数据的QoS参数小于门限值时,目标RAT为第一网 络设备的RAT;当数据的QoS参数等于门限值时,目标RAT为第一网络设备或第二网络设备的RAT。Optionally, the policy includes a threshold value of a QoS parameter. At this time, the terminal determining the target network device according to the policy includes: the terminal determines the target RAT of the data according to the QoS parameter of the data, where the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device when the QoS parameter of the data is greater than a threshold value; When the QoS parameter of the data is less than the threshold, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is equal to the threshold, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device or the second network device. Alternatively, when the QoS parameter of the data is greater than the threshold, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is less than the threshold, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is equal to When the threshold is set, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device or the second network device.
或者,终端根据策略确定目标网络设备,包括:终端根据数据的QoS参数,确定目标网络设备,其中当数据的QoS参数大于门限值时,目标网络设备为第一网络设备;当数据的QoS参数小于门限值时,目标网络设备为第二网络设备;当数据的QoS参数等于门限值时,目标网络设备为第一网络设备或第二网络设备。或者,当数据的QoS参数大于门限值时,目标网络设备为第二网络设备;当数据的QoS参数小于门限值时,目标网络设备为第一网络设备;当数据的QoS参数等于门限值时,目标网络设备为第一网络设备或第二网络设备。Alternatively, the terminal determining the target network device according to the policy includes: the terminal determines the target network device according to the QoS parameters of the data, where the target network device is the first network device when the QoS parameter of the data is greater than a threshold value; when the QoS parameter of the data When it is less than the threshold value, the target network device is the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is equal to the threshold value, the target network device is the first network device or the second network device. Alternatively, when the QoS parameter of the data is greater than the threshold, the target network device is the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is less than the threshold, the target network device is the first network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is equal to the threshold Value, the target network device is the first network device or the second network device.
可选的,该策略包括QoS参数的预设值或预设范围。Optionally, the policy includes a preset value or a preset range of the QoS parameters.
例如,该策略包括第一预设值和第二预设值。此时,终端根据策略确定目标网络设备,包括:终端根据数据的QoS参数,确定该数据的目标RAT;并确定RAT为目标RAT的网络设备为目标网络设备。其中,当数据的QoS参数为第一预设值时,目标RAT为第一网络设备的RAT;当数据的QoS参数为第二预设值时,目标RAT为第二网络设备的RAT。或者,当数据的QoS参数为第一预设值时,目标RAT为第二网络设备的RAT;当数据的QoS参数为第二预设值时,目标RAT为第一网络设备的RAT。或者,终端根据策略确定目标网络设备,包括:终端根据数据的QoS参数,确定目标网络设备。其中,当数据的QoS参数为第一预设值时,目标网络设备为第一网络设备;当数据的QoS参数为第二预设值时,目标网络设备为第二网络设备。或者,当数据的QoS参数为第一预设值时,目标网络设备为第二网络设备;当数据的QoS参数为第二预设值时,目标网络设备为第一网络设备。For example, the strategy includes a first preset value and a second preset value. At this time, the terminal determining the target network device according to the policy includes: the terminal determines the target RAT of the data according to the QoS parameters of the data; and determines that the network device whose RAT is the target RAT is the target network device. Wherein, when the QoS parameter of the data is the first preset value, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is the second preset value, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device. Alternatively, when the QoS parameter of the data is the first preset value, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is the second preset value, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device. Alternatively, the terminal determining the target network device according to the policy includes: the terminal determining the target network device according to the QoS parameters of the data. Wherein, when the QoS parameter of the data is the first preset value, the target network device is the first network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is the second preset value, the target network device is the second network device. Alternatively, when the QoS parameter of the data is the first preset value, the target network device is the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is the second preset value, the target network device is the first network device.
再如,该策略包括第一预设范围和第二预设范围。此时,终端根据策略确定目标网络设备,包括:终端根据数据的QoS参数,确定该数据的目标RAT;并确定RAT为目标RAT的网络设备为目标网络设备。其中,当数据的QoS参数在第一预设范围内时,目标RAT为第一网络设备的RAT;当数据的QoS参数在第二预设范围内时,目标RAT为第二网络设备的RAT。或者,当数据的QoS参数在第一预设范围内时,目标RAT为第二网络设备的RAT;当数据的QoS参数在第二预设范围内时,目标RAT为第一网络设备的RAT。或者,终端根据策略确定目标网络设备,包括:终端根据数据的QoS参数,确定目标网络设备。其中,当数据的QoS参数在第一预设范围内时,目标网络设备为第一网络设备;当数据的QoS参数在第二预设范围内时,目标网络设备为第二网络设备。或者,当数据的QoS参数在第一预设范围内时,目标网络设备为第二网络设备;当数据的QoS参数在第二预设范围内时,目标网络设备为第一网络设备。As another example, the strategy includes a first preset range and a second preset range. At this time, the terminal determining the target network device according to the policy includes: the terminal determines the target RAT of the data according to the QoS parameters of the data; and determines that the network device whose RAT is the target RAT is the target network device. Wherein, when the QoS parameters of the data are within the first preset range, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device; when the QoS parameters of the data are within the second preset range, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device. Alternatively, when the QoS parameters of the data are within the first preset range, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device; when the QoS parameters of the data are within the second preset range, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device. Alternatively, the terminal determining the target network device according to the policy includes: the terminal determining the target network device according to the QoS parameters of the data. Wherein, when the QoS parameter of the data is within the first preset range, the target network device is the first network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is within the second preset range, the target network device is the second network device. Alternatively, when the QoS parameters of the data are within the first preset range, the target network device is a second network device; when the QoS parameters of the data are within the second preset range, the target network device is the first network device.
再如,该策略包括一个预设值或一个预设范围时,终端根据策略确定目标网络设备,包括:终端根据数据的QoS参数,确定该数据的目标RAT;并确定RAT为目标RAT的网络设备为目标网络设备。或者,终端根据数据的QoS参数,确定目标网络设备。其中,当数据的QoS参数为该预设值或在该预设范围内时,目标RAT为第一网络设备的RAT;或者,目标网络设备为第一网络设备。当数据的QoS参数不是该预设值或不在该预设范围内时,目标RAT为第二网络设备的RAT;或者,目标网络设备 为第二网络设备。反之亦然,当数据的QoS参数为该预设值或在该预设范围内时,目标RAT为第二网络设备的RAT;或者,目标网络设备为第二网络设备。当数据的QoS参数不是该预设值或不在该预设范围内时,目标RAT为第一网络设备的RAT;或者,目标网络设备为第一网络设备。As another example, when the policy includes a preset value or a preset range, the terminal determines the target network device according to the policy, including: the terminal determines the target RAT of the data according to the QoS parameters of the data; and determines the RAT as the network device of the target RAT Is the target network device. Or, the terminal determines the target network device according to the QoS parameters of the data. Wherein, when the QoS parameter of the data is the preset value or is within the preset range, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device; or the target network device is the first network device. When the QoS parameter of the data is not the preset value or is not within the preset range, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device; or the target network device is the second network device. Vice versa, when the QoS parameter of the data is the preset value or is within the preset range, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device; or the target network device is the second network device. When the QoS parameter of the data is not the preset value or is not within the preset range, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device; or the target network device is the first network device.
可选的,以上策略可以在第一网络设备和第二网络设备之间交互后生成,并进一步配置给终端。例如,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送业务类型或QoS参数,用于请求第二网络设备支持的V2X业务类型或QoS。第一网络设备发送给第二网络设备的业务类型或QoS参数可以是一种(或一个),也可以是多种(或多个),第二网络设备可以全部接受,也可以仅接受部分。第二网络设备将接受的业务类型或QoS参数通知给第一网络设备,第一网络设备根据第二网络设备接受的业务类型或QoS参数生成策略。例如,将第二网络设备确定为目标网络设备的业务类型,QoS参数的门限值,或QoS参数预设值或预设范围,是根据第二网络设备接收的业务类型或QoS参数生成的。Optionally, the above policy may be generated after interaction between the first network device and the second network device, and further configured to the terminal. For example, the first network device sends a service type or QoS parameter to the second network device for requesting a V2X service type or QoS supported by the second network device. The service type or QoS parameter sent by the first network device to the second network device may be one (or one) or multiple (or multiple), and the second network device may accept all or only a part of it. The second network device notifies the first network device of the accepted service type or QoS parameter, and the first network device generates a policy according to the service type or QoS parameter accepted by the second network device. For example, determining the second network device as the service type of the target network device, the threshold value of the QoS parameter, or the preset value or preset range of the QoS parameter is generated according to the service type or QoS parameter received by the second network device.
可选的,以上策略可以在满足预定条件下激活,在不满足预定条件下,将业务回退到第一网络设备。例如,第一网络设备为终端配置CBR门限值,该CBR门限值可以包括第一网络设备的小区的第一CBR门限值和第二网络设备的小区的第二CBR门限值。当终端测量的CBR结果满足门限值时,例如第一网络设备的小区的CBR大于或大于等于第一CBR门限值,第二网络设备的小区的CBR小于或小于等于第二CBR门限值,使能以上策略,否则,将业务回退到第一网络设备。Optionally, the above policy may be activated when a predetermined condition is met, and if the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the service is rolled back to the first network device. For example, the first network device configures a CBR threshold value for the terminal, and the CBR threshold value may include a first CBR threshold value of a cell of the first network device and a second CBR threshold value of a cell of the second network device. When the CBR result measured by the terminal meets the threshold, for example, the CBR of the cell of the first network device is greater than or equal to the first CBR threshold, and the CBR of the cell of the second network device is less than or equal to the second CBR threshold , Enable the above strategy, otherwise, return the service to the first network device.
以上QoS参数例如为PPPP、PPPR、QFI、5QI、或优先级等级。The above QoS parameters are, for example, PPPP, PPPR, QFI, 5QI, or a priority level.
在又一种实现中,第一网络设备决策目标网络设备,并通知终端,此时以上方法还包括:终端从第一网络设备接收指示信息,该指示信息用于指示目标网络设备;终端确定目标网络设备,包括:根据该指示信息,确定目标网络设备。In another implementation, the first network device decides the target network device and notifies the terminal. At this time, the above method further includes: the terminal receives instruction information from the first network device, the instruction information is used to indicate the target network device; the terminal determines the target The network device includes: determining a target network device according to the instruction information.
可选的,指示信息为目标网络设备分配的V2X资源信息。Optionally, the indication information is V2X resource information allocated for the target network device.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括用于执行以上第三方面的任一种实现中终端执行的各个步骤的单元或手段(means)。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes units or means for performing each step performed by the terminal in any one of the implementations of the third aspect above.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括处理器和存储器,存储器用于存储程序,处理器调用存储器中的程序,用于执行以上第三方面的任一种实现中终端执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store the program, and the processor calls the program in the memory to execute the method executed by the terminal in any one of the implementations of the third aspect above.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于与其它装置通信,所述处理器用于执行以上第三方面的任一种实现中终端执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes a processor and an interface circuit, where the interface circuit is configured to communicate with other devices, and the processor is configured to execute the method executed by the terminal in any one of the foregoing third aspects.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,与存储器相连,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,用于实现以上第三方面的任一种实现中终端执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is also provided, which is connected to the memory and is used to read and execute the program stored in the memory, and is used to implement the method executed by the terminal in any one of the implementations of the third aspect above.
此外,还提供一种程序,该程序在被处理器执行时用于实现以上第三方面的任一种实现中终端执行的方法。In addition, a program is provided for implementing a method for terminal execution in any one of the above implementations when executed by a processor.
此外,还提供一种程序产品,例如计算机可读存储介质,包括以上程序。In addition, a program product, such as a computer-readable storage medium, is provided, including the above program.
相应的,还提供一种V2X通信方法,用于第一网络设备和第二网络设备共同为终端提供V2X服务的通信系统,该方法包括:第一网络设备生成策略或指示信息,且第一网络设备向终端发送该策略或指示信息,该策略用于确定目标网络设备,该指示信息用于指示目标网络设备。Correspondingly, a V2X communication method is also provided for a communication system in which a first network device and a second network device jointly provide a terminal with a V2X service. The method includes: the first network device generates policy or instruction information, and the first network The device sends the policy or instruction information to the terminal, where the policy is used to determine the target network device, and the instruction information is used to indicate the target network device.
策略和指示信息的描述同以上描述。The description of policies and instructions is the same as described above.
以上确定目标网络设备的方式可以理解为半静态的方式,以下介绍一种动态确定目标网络设备的方式。在该方式中,第一网络设备应终端请求V2X资源授权,而选择目标网络设备进行资源调度。该方法包括:第一网络设备从终端接收第一请求,该第一请求用于请求V2X资源授权;第一网络设备确定目标网络设备,其中目标网络设备为提供V2X资源授权的网络设备,且为第一网络设备或第二网络设备,或者第一网络设备和第二网络设备。当目标网络设备包括第一网络设备时,第一网络设备向终端发送V2X资源授权。当目标网络设备包括第二网络设备时,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第二请求,用于请求第二网络设备为终端进行V2X资源授权。The above method for determining the target network device can be understood as a semi-static method. The following describes a method for dynamically determining the target network device. In this mode, the first network device selects the target network device for resource scheduling at the request of the terminal for V2X resource authorization. The method includes: a first network device receives a first request from a terminal, the first request is used to request V2X resource authorization; the first network device determines a target network device, wherein the target network device is a network device that provides V2X resource authorization, and is The first network device or the second network device, or the first network device and the second network device. When the target network device includes a first network device, the first network device sends a V2X resource authorization to the terminal. When the target network device includes a second network device, the first network device sends a second request to the second network device to request the second network device to perform V2X resource authorization for the terminal.
可选的,第一网络设备向终端发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示目标网络设备。当目标网络设备包括第二网络设备时,第二网络设备可以通过第一网络设备将V2X资源授权发送给终端,也可以直接将V2X资源授权发送给终端。Optionally, the first network device sends instruction information to the terminal, where the instruction information is used to indicate the target network device. When the target network device includes a second network device, the second network device may send the V2X resource authorization to the terminal through the first network device, or may directly send the V2X resource authorization to the terminal.
可选的,该指示信息包括第二网络设备生成的V2X资源授权。Optionally, the indication information includes a V2X resource authorization generated by the second network device.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括用于执行以上第三方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的各个步骤的单元或手段(means)。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes units or means for performing each step performed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the third aspect above.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括处理器和存储器,存储器用于存储程序,处理器调用存储器中的程序,用于执行以上第三方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store the program, and the processor calls the program in the memory to execute the method performed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the third aspect above. .
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于与其它装置通信,所述处理器用于执行以上第三方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes a processor and an interface circuit, where the interface circuit is configured to communicate with other devices, and the processor is configured to execute the first network device in any of the implementations of the third aspect above. method.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,与存储器相连,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,用于实现以上第三方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is also provided, which is connected to the memory and is used to read and execute the program stored in the memory, and is used to implement the method executed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the third aspect above.
此外,还提供一种程序,该程序在被处理器执行时用于实现以上第三方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a program is provided for implementing the method executed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the third aspect above when the program is executed by the processor.
此外,还提供一种程序产品,例如计算机可读存储介质,包括以上程序。In addition, a program product, such as a computer-readable storage medium, is provided, including the above program.
第四方面,提供一种V2X通信方法,由第一网络设备执行。该方法包括:第一网络设备接收来自核心网设备的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示用于V3接口的承载;第一网络设备根据该指示信息,确定用于V3接口的承载,并确定将该承载建立到第一网络设备或第二网络设备。According to a fourth aspect, a V2X communication method is provided, which is executed by a first network device. The method includes: a first network device receives instruction information from a core network device, the instruction information is used to indicate a bearer for a V3 interface; and the first network device determines a bearer for a V3 interface according to the instruction information, and determines The bearer is established to the first network device or the second network device.
当确定将承载建立到第二网络设备时,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求将用于V3接口的承载建立到第二网络设备。When it is determined that the bearer is to be established to the second network device, the first network device sends a request message to the second network device, where the request message is used to request that the bearer for the V3 interface be established to the second network device.
相应的,提供一种V2X通信方法,由第二网络设备执行,该方法包括:第二网络设备从第一网络设备接收请求消息,该请求消息用于请求将用于V3接口的承载建立到第二网络设备;第二网络设备根据该请求消息建立用于V3接口的承载,并利用该承载与终端进行通信。Correspondingly, a V2X communication method is provided, which is executed by a second network device. The method includes: the second network device receives a request message from the first network device, the request message is used to request the establishment of a bearer for the V3 interface to the first Two network devices; the second network device establishes a bearer for the V3 interface according to the request message, and uses the bearer to communicate with the terminal.
可选的,以上指示信息携带于承载建立请求消息中,即第一网络设备从核心网设备接收承载建立请求消息,该承载建立请求消息包括所述指示信息。该指示信息用于指示用于V3接口的承载,或用于V2X的承载。Optionally, the above indication information is carried in a bearer establishment request message, that is, the first network device receives a bearer establishment request message from a core network device, and the bearer establishment request message includes the indication information. The indication information is used to indicate a bearer used for a V3 interface or a bearer used for a V2X.
进一步的,第二网络设备还可以向第一网络设备发送请求消息的响应消息。Further, the second network device may also send a response message of the request message to the first network device.
可选的,该响应消息携带承载标识,用于标识第二网络设备建立的用于V3接口的承载。Optionally, the response message carries a bearer identifier for identifying a bearer established for the V3 interface by the second network device.
可选的,以上请求消息中携带第一网络设备请求第二网络设备建立的承载标识,第二网络设备在响应消息中携带指示信元,该指示信元用于指示第一网络设备请求建立的承载建立成功或失败。或者第二网络设备在响应消息中携带承载标识,用于标识第二网络设备建立的用于V3接口的承载。Optionally, the above request message carries a bearer identifier requested by the first network device to establish by the second network device, and the second network device carries an indication cell in the response message, where the indication cell is used to instruct the first network device to request establishment The bearer establishment succeeds or fails. Or the second network device carries a bearer identifier in the response message, which is used to identify the bearer established for the V3 interface by the second network device.
可选的,响应消息可以携带该用于V3接口的承载的配置信息,此时,第一网络设备还可以将该配置信息发送给终端。例如,可以通过RRC连接重配置消息发送给终端。Optionally, the response message may carry the configuration information of the bearer for the V3 interface. At this time, the first network device may also send the configuration information to the terminal. For example, the RRC connection reconfiguration message may be sent to the terminal.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,当其用于第一网络设备时,包括用于执行以上第四方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的各个步骤的单元或手段(means);当其用于第二网络设备时,包括用于执行以上第四方面的任一种实现中第二网络设备执行的各个步骤的单元或手段(means)。In addition, a V2X communication device is also provided, and when it is used for the first network device, it includes units or means for performing each step performed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect above; When it is used for the second network device, it includes units or means for performing each step performed by the second network device in any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect above.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括处理器和存储器,存储器用于存储程序,处理器调用存储器中的程序,当其用于第一网络设备时,用于执行以上第四方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法;当其用于第二网络设备时,用于执行以上第四方面的任一种实现中第二网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store the program, and the processor calls the program in the memory. When it is used in the first network device, it is used to execute any of the fourth aspects above. A method performed by a first network device in an implementation; when used in a second network device, for performing a method performed by a second network device in any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect above.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于与其它装置通信,当其用于第一网络设备时,所述处理器用于执行以上第四方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法;当其用于第二网络设备时,所述处理器用于执行以上第四方面的任一种实现中第二网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which includes a processor and an interface circuit. The interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices. When it is used in a first network device, the processor is configured to perform any of the foregoing fourth aspects. A method implemented by a first network device in implementation; when it is used in a second network device, the processor is configured to execute the method performed by the second network device in any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect above.
此外,还提供一种V2X通信装置,与存储器相连,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,当其用于第一网络设备时,用于实现以上第四方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法;当其用于第二网络设备时,用于实现以上第四方面的任一种实现中第二网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a V2X communication device is provided, which is connected to the memory and is used to read and execute the program stored in the memory. When it is used in the first network device, it is used to implement any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect above. The method executed by the first network device; when used in the second network device, used to implement the method executed by the second network device in any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect above.
此外,还提供一种程序,该程序在被处理器执行时用于实现以上第四方面的任一种实现中第一网络设备执行的方法,或,用于实现以上第四方面的任一种实现中第二网络设备执行的方法。In addition, a program is provided for implementing the method executed by the first network device in any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect when executed by a processor, or used to implement any one of the fourth aspects above. The method executed by the second network device in the implementation.
此外,还提供一种程序产品,例如计算机可读存储介质,包括以上程序。In addition, a program product, such as a computer-readable storage medium, is provided, including the above program.
以上方案中,核心网向网络设备指示V3接口对应的承载,使得网络设备可以根据需要将承载建立到合适的设备上,例如,对于只支持NR V2X而不支持LTE V2X的终端,可以将承载建立到NR网络设备上,如此可以使得终端的V2X通信质量得到更好的保障。In the above solution, the core network indicates the bearer corresponding to the V3 interface to the network device, so that the network device can establish the bearer to a suitable device as needed. For example, for a terminal that only supports NR V2X but does not support LTE V2X, the bearer can be established. To NR network equipment, this can make the terminal's V2X communication quality better guaranteed.
以上几个方面的方案可以互相结合,从而进一步提高终端V2X通信的质量。The solutions in the above aspects can be combined with each other, thereby further improving the quality of terminal V2X communication.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种V2X场景的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a V2X scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种PC5接口通信机制下的V2X通信场景示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication scenario under a PC5 interface communication mechanism according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种Uu接口通信机制下的V2X通信场景示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication scenario under a Uu interface communication mechanism according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种V2X通信方法的示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种DC场景的示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of a DC scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6(a)为本申请实施例提供的一种LTE-NR双连接场景示意图;FIG. 6 (a) is a schematic diagram of an LTE-NR dual connection scenario according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图6(b)为本申请实施例提供的另一种LTE-NR双连接场景示意图;FIG. 6 (b) is a schematic diagram of another LTE-NR dual connection scenario according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图6(c)为本申请实施例提供的又一种LTE-NR双连接场景示意图;FIG. 6 (c) is a schematic diagram of another LTE-NR dual connection scenario according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种V2X通信方法的示意图;7 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种V2X通信方法的示意图;8 is a schematic diagram of another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种V2X通信方法的示意图;9 is a schematic diagram of another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种V2X通信方法的示意图;10 is a schematic diagram of still another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种V2X通信方法的示意图;11 is a schematic diagram of still another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种网络架构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图13为本申请实施例提供一种V2X通信方法的示意图;13 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的另一种网络架构示意图;14 is a schematic diagram of another network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种V2X通信装置的示意图;15 is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种V2X通信装置的示意图;16 is a schematic diagram of another V2X communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的又一种V2X通信装置的示意图;17 is a schematic diagram of still another V2X communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;18 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图19其为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图。FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
以下,对本申请中的部分用语进行说明:The following describes some terms in this application:
1)、终端,又称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。1) Terminal, also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., is a device that provides voice / data connectivity to users , For example, handheld devices with wireless connectivity, in-vehicle devices, etc. At present, some examples of terminals are: mobile phones, tablet computers, laptops, handheld computers, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, and augmented reality (augmented reality) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grids Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and the like.
2)、网络设备是无线网络中的设备,例如将终端接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点。目前,一些RAN节点的举例为:gNB、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)接入点(access point,AP)等。在一种网络结构中,网络设备可以为集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点、或分布 单元(distributed unit,DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备。2) The network device is a device in a wireless network, for example, a radio access network (RAN) node that connects a terminal to the wireless network. At present, some examples of RAN nodes are: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), and node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (e.g., home NodeB, or home NodeB, HNB), baseband unit , BBU), or wireless fidelity (WiFi) access point (AP). In a network structure, the network device may be a centralized unit (CU) node, a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
3)、“多个”是指两个或两个以上,其它量词与之类似。“和/或”描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。3) "Multiple" means two or more, and other quantifiers are similar. "And / or" describes the association relationship of related objects, and indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and / or B can mean: there are three cases where A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. The character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
请参考图1,其为本申请实施例提供的一种V2X场景的示意图。如图1所示,V2X是一种实现车与外界通信的技术,X可以表示车辆、行人、道路设施、或网络等,即V2X可以包括车-车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)通信、车-道路设施(vehicle-to-infrastructure,V2I)通信、车-行人(vehicle-to-pedestrian,V2P)通信、或车-网络(vehicle-to-network,V2N)通信等。Please refer to FIG. 1, which is a schematic diagram of a V2X scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, V2X is a technology that enables vehicles to communicate with the outside world. X can represent vehicles, pedestrians, road facilities, or networks. That is, V2X can include vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, Vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I) communication, vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) communication, or vehicle-to-network (V2N) communication.
在V2V通信中,相互通信的终端可以位于两个车辆上,可以为车上用户的手持设备或车载设备等。在V2I通信中,相互通信的终端可以位于车辆和道路设施上,例如一个终端可以为车上用户的手持设备或车载设备,另一个终端可以为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU),其中RSU可以理解为一种支持V2X应用的设施实体,且可以与其它支持V2X通信的终端进行信息交互。在V2P通信中,相互通信的终端可以位于车辆上和行人身上。在V2N通信中,相互通信的终端可以位于车辆和服务器上。总之,本申请对终端的形式不做限制,且相互通信的终端的形式可以相同,也可以不同。In V2V communication, the terminals for mutual communication can be located on two vehicles, which can be handheld devices or vehicle-mounted devices of users on the vehicle. In V2I communication, the terminals communicating with each other can be located on the vehicle and road facilities. For example, one terminal can be a handheld device or a vehicle-mounted device of the user on the vehicle, and the other terminal can be a roadside unit (RSU). It can be understood as a facility entity supporting V2X applications, and can perform information interaction with other terminals supporting V2X communication. In V2P communication, the terminals communicating with each other can be located on the vehicle and on the pedestrian. In V2N communication, the terminals communicating with each other can be located on the vehicle and the server. In short, the form of the terminal is not limited in this application, and the forms of the terminals communicating with each other may be the same or different.
目前,可以通过两种通信机制(又可以称为通信模式)实现V2X通信。一种是基于PC5接口的通信机制,另一种是基于Uu接口的通信机制。请参考图2和图3,其分别给出了一种PC5接口和Uu接口通信机制下的场景示意图。PC5接口是指终端与终端之间直接通信的接口,如图2所示,此时终端之间通过PC5接口直接进行通信。该通信制式又可以称为V2X sidelink(SL)通信制式。此时,终端可以在小区覆盖范围内,也可以在小区覆盖范围外与其它终端进行通信。网络设备为终端配置V2X资源(或者说,网络设备为终端进行V2X资源授权);终端利用网络设备配置的资源(或称为授权)通过PC5接口进行V2X SL通信。Uu接口是指终端与网络设备之间的通信接口,如图3所示,此时终端之间通过网络进行通信,也就是说,网络设备将来自一个终端的信息转发给其它终端。例如,终端(发送端)的V2X数据通过Uu口发送给RAN设备,进一步通过RAN设备将该V2X数据发送给目标终端(接收端)。此时,终端在小区覆盖范围内,利用网络设备为终端配置的资源与网络设备通信。在V2I场景中,RSU可以位于网络设备上,也可以独立于网络设备,通过网络设备与终端通信。在V2N场景中,服务器可以位于RAN侧,也可以位于CN侧,或者位于外网,通过RAN和CN与终端通信。Currently, V2X communication can be implemented through two communication mechanisms (also known as communication modes). One is a communication mechanism based on the PC5 interface, and the other is a communication mechanism based on the Uu interface. Please refer to FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, which respectively illustrate scenario scenarios under a communication mechanism of a PC5 interface and a Uu interface. The PC5 interface refers to an interface for direct communication between the terminal and the terminal. As shown in FIG. 2, the terminals communicate directly through the PC5 interface at this time. This communication system can also be called V2X sidelink (SL) communication system. At this time, the terminal can communicate with other terminals within the cell coverage area or outside the cell coverage area. The network device configures V2X resources for the terminal (or, in other words, the network device performs V2X resource authorization for the terminal); the terminal uses the resources (or authorization) configured by the network device to perform V2X SL communication through the PC5 interface. The Uu interface refers to a communication interface between a terminal and a network device. As shown in FIG. 3, the terminals communicate through the network at this time, that is, the network device forwards information from one terminal to other terminals. For example, the V2X data of the terminal (sending end) is sent to the RAN device through the Uu port, and the V2X data is further sent to the target terminal (receiving end) through the RAN device. At this time, the terminal uses the resources configured for the terminal by the network device to communicate with the network device within the coverage of the cell. In the V2I scenario, the RSU can be located on a network device, or it can communicate with the terminal through the network device independently of the network device. In the V2N scenario, the server can be located on the RAN side, the CN side, or the external network, and communicate with the terminal through the RAN and CN.
目前,当终端接入小区时,网络设备为终端配置V2X资源。由于该小区对应的载波资源还可以用于非V2X通信,因此,网络设备为终端配置的V2X资源通常仅为该小区对应的载波资源的一部分。如果需要增加更多的资源用于V2X通信,会影响非V2X通信质量。但V2X通信的业务需要也是日益增长的,因此本申请实施例提供一种V2X通信方法,在更多的载波资源上为终端配置V2X资源,使得每个载波自身用于非V2X通信的资源不减少的情况下,增加用于V2X通信的资源,从而提高V2X的数据吞吐率,与此同时,降低对非V2X通信质量的影响,从而提高V2X用户的用户体验,同时不影响现有无线网络非V2X用户的用户体验。Currently, when a terminal accesses a cell, a network device configures V2X resources for the terminal. Since the carrier resources corresponding to the cell can also be used for non-V2X communication, the V2X resources configured by the network device for the terminal are usually only a part of the carrier resources corresponding to the cell. If you need to add more resources for V2X communication, it will affect the quality of non-V2X communication. However, the business needs for V2X communication are also increasing. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application provides a V2X communication method. The terminal configures V2X resources on more carrier resources, so that each carrier does not reduce its own resources for non-V2X communication. In the case of V2X communication, increase the resources for V2X communication, thereby improving the data throughput rate of V2X, at the same time, reduce the impact on the quality of non-V2X communication, thereby improving the user experience of V2X users, without affecting the existing wireless network non-V2X The user experience of the user.
请参考图4,其为本申请实施例提供的一种V2X通信方法的示意图。如图4所示,该方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 4, which is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the method includes the following steps:
S410:第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求第二网络设备为终端配置V2X资源。S410: The first network device sends a request message to the second network device, where the request message is used to request the second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal.
相应的,第二网络设备从第一网络设备接收请求消息,并根据该请求消息获知第一网络设备请求第二网络设备为终端配置V2X资源。第二网络设备可以根据自身的情况确定是否为终端配置V2X资源。例如,可以根据自身是否支持V2X业务,或者可以根据自身资源的剩余情况是否适于提供V2X资源。当第二网络设备确定为终端配置V2X资源时,可以执行以下操作:Correspondingly, the second network device receives a request message from the first network device, and learns, according to the request message, that the first network device requests the second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal. The second network device may determine whether to configure a V2X resource for the terminal according to its own situation. For example, it can be based on whether it supports V2X services, or can be based on whether the remaining situation of its own resources is suitable to provide V2X resources. When the second network device determines to configure a V2X resource for the terminal, it can perform the following operations:
S420:第二网络设备根据请求消息,为终端配置V2X资源;S420: The second network device configures V2X resources for the terminal according to the request message;
S430:第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送响应消息,该响应消息包括V2X资源配置信息,该V2X资源配置信息用于指示为终端配置的V2X资源。S430: The second network device sends a response message to the first network device, where the response message includes V2X resource configuration information, and the V2X resource configuration information is used to indicate a V2X resource configured for the terminal.
在第二网络设备确定不为终端配置V2X资源时,也可以发送响应消息,该响应消息包括指示V2X资源配置失败或拒绝的信息。或者,在第二网络设备确定不为终端配置V2X资源时,可以不发送响应消息,第一网络设备可以在向第二网络设备发送请求消息后,开启一个定时器,在定时器超时前未收到响应消息时,默认为第二网络设备未向终端配置V2X资源。When the second network device determines that the V2X resource is not configured for the terminal, it may also send a response message, which includes information indicating that the V2X resource configuration fails or is rejected. Alternatively, when the second network device determines that the terminal is not configured with V2X resources, it may not send a response message. The first network device may start a timer after sending a request message to the second network device, and do not receive it before the timer expires. When the response message is received, the default is that the second network device has not configured a V2X resource to the terminal.
当第二网络设备确定为终端配置V2X资源时,第一网络设备接收响应消息,并将配置的资源通知给终端,即第一网络设备可以执行以下操作:When the second network device determines to configure a V2X resource for the terminal, the first network device receives a response message and notifies the terminal of the configured resource, that is, the first network device can perform the following operations:
S440:第一网络设备将V2X资源配置信息发送给终端。S440: The first network device sends V2X resource configuration information to the terminal.
如此,终端便可以接收该V2X资源配置信息,从而获得除第一网络设备的小区之外更多小区的V2X的资源,利用该V2X资源,发起V2X业务,从而提高V2X的数据吞吐率。In this way, the terminal can receive the V2X resource configuration information, thereby obtaining V2X resources of more cells than the cell of the first network device, and using the V2X resources to initiate V2X services, thereby improving the V2X data throughput rate.
本申请中的V2X资源又可以称为V2X边链路(sidelink)资源或SL资源,用于终端与终端之间通过PC5接口进行通信的资源。The V2X resources in this application may also be referred to as V2X sidelink resources or SL resources, which are resources used for communication between the terminal and the terminal through the PC5 interface.
以上请求消息可以包括终端的V2X信息,第二网络设备在接收到该请求消息之后,可以根据终端的V2X信息为终端分配V2X资源,进而生成V2X资源配置信息。进一步的终端的V2X信息可以包括以下信息中的至少一种:The above request message may include V2X information of the terminal. After receiving the request message, the second network device may allocate V2X resources to the terminal according to the V2X information of the terminal, and then generate V2X resource configuration information. The V2X information of the further terminal may include at least one of the following information:
V2X请求指示,该V2X请求指示用于指示第二网络设备为终端分配V2X资源(或V2X SL资源,或SL资源)或用于向第二网络设备指示请求V2X资源配置(或V2X SL资源配置,或SL资源配置,或SL配置)。或者说,该V2X请求指示用于通知第二网络设备该终端有V2X业务需求,从而第二网络设备根据该V2X请求指示获知终端有V2X业务需求,从而为终端分配V2X资源。该信元的名称不用于限制其范围,只要是向第二网络设备指示或通知了要第二网络设备为终端分配V2X资源的信元,即可以作为该V2X请求指示。该V2X请求指示例如可以为1比特(bit)信元,当其取值为“1”或“0”时,则向第二网络设备指示或通知了要第二网络设备为终端分配V2X资源。V2X request indication, the V2X request indication is used to instruct the second network device to allocate V2X resources (or V2X SL resources, or SL resources) to the terminal or to instruct the second network device to request a V2X resource configuration (or V2X SL resource configuration, Or SL resource configuration, or SL configuration). In other words, the V2X request instruction is used to notify the second network device that the terminal has a V2X service requirement, so that the second network device learns that the terminal has a V2X service requirement according to the V2X request instruction, thereby allocating V2X resources to the terminal. The name of the cell is not used to limit its scope. As long as the cell indicates or informs the second network device that the second network device is required to allocate V2X resources to the terminal, it can be used as the V2X request indication. The V2X request indication may be, for example, a 1-bit cell. When the value is "1" or "0", the second network device is instructed or notified that the second network device is required to allocate V2X resources to the terminal.
V2X授权信息,该V2X授权信息用于指示该终端被授权的终端类型,例如该终端是否被授权为车辆终端(或vehicle UE),简称VUE;或者,该终端是否被授权为手持终端(或pedestrian UE),简称PUE。该V2X授权信息由第一网络设备从核心网设 备获取。当第一网络设备和第二网络设备采用两种通信制式,或者说,第一网络设备和第二网络设备的无线接入技术(radio access technology,RAT)不同时。第一网络设备和第二网络设备(或者说不同的RAT技术)可以共用相同的V2X授权信息,或者,第一网络设备和第二网络设备(或者说不同的RAT技术)使用单独的(即不同的)V2X授权信息。当不同的RAT技术使用单独的V2X授权信息时,第一网络设备从核心网设备获取不同的授权信息,分别用于不同的RAT技术。以LTE-NR联合组网为例,假设第一网络设备的RAT技术为LTE,第二网络设备的RAT技术为NR。则LTE和NR可以共用相同的授权信息,或者LTE和NR可以使用单独的授权信息。第一网络设备从核心网接收第一授权信息和第二授权信息,其中第一授权信息用于LTE,第二授权信息用于NR。第一网络设备将用于NR的授权信息作为以上请求消息中的V2X授权信息发送给第二网络设备。第二网络设备获取该V2X授权信息之后,可以知道终端被授权的类型,从而根据该终端被授权的类型为终端配置V2X资源。不同类型的终端的V2X资源配置可以不同;可以相同;或者可以部分相同,其中相同的部分可以作为公共(common)配置,不同的部分可以作为专用(dedicated)配置。V2X authorization information. The V2X authorization information is used to indicate the type of terminal that the terminal is authorized to, such as whether the terminal is authorized as a vehicle terminal (or vehicle UE), or VUE for short; or whether the terminal is authorized as a handheld terminal (or pedalrian UE), referred to as PUE. The V2X authorization information is obtained by the first network device from the core network device. When the first network device and the second network device use two communication systems, or in other words, the radio access technology (RAT) of the first network device and the second network device are different. The first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) can share the same V2X authorization information, or the first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) use separate (that is, different ) V2X authorization information. When different RAT technologies use separate V2X authorization information, the first network device obtains different authorization information from the core network device, which are respectively used for different RAT technologies. Taking the LTE-NR joint networking as an example, it is assumed that the RAT technology of the first network device is LTE, and the RAT technology of the second network device is NR. Then LTE and NR can share the same authorization information, or LTE and NR can use separate authorization information. The first network device receives first authorization information and second authorization information from the core network, where the first authorization information is used for LTE and the second authorization information is used for NR. The first network device sends the authorization information for the NR to the second network device as the V2X authorization information in the above request message. After the second network device obtains the V2X authorization information, it can know the type of the terminal authorized, so as to configure a V2X resource for the terminal according to the type of the terminal authorized. The V2X resource configuration of different types of terminals can be different; they can be the same; or they can be partly the same, where the same part can be configured as a common and different parts can be configured as a dedicated.
V2X聚合最大比特速率(aggregate maximum bit rate,AMBR)(或称为SL AMBR或V2X SL AMBR),定义了终端在进行V2X通信时,网络需要支持的最大比特速率。网络设备在为终端配置资源时,参考该参数,使得终端的V2X数据传输不超过这个上限。例如,网络设备给终端配置的调制编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)比较高,那么分配的V2X资源就不能太多,否则就很容易超过该AMBR。V2X AMBR由第一网络设备从核心网设备获取。当第一网络设备和第二网络设备采用两种通信制式,或者说,第一网络设备和第二网络设备的RAT不同时。第一网络设备和第二网络设备(或者说不同的RAT技术)可以共用相同的V2X AMBR,或者,第一网络设备和第二网络设备(或者说不同的RAT技术)使用单独的V2X AMBR。当不同的RAT技术使用单独的V2X AMBR时,第一网络设备从核心网设备获取不同的AMBR,分别用于不同的RAT技术。以LTE-NR联合组网为例,假设第一网络设备的RAT技术为LTE,第二网络设备的RAT技术为NR。则LTE和NR可以共用相同的V2X AMBR,或者LTE和NR可以有单独的V2X AMBR。第一网络设备从核心网接收第一AMBR和第二AMBR,其中第一AMBR用于LTE,第二AMBR用于NR。第一网络设备将用于NR的AMBR作为以上请求消息中的V2X AMBR发送给第二网络设备。第二网络设备获取该V2X AMBR之后,根据该V2X AMBR为终端配置V2X资源。V2X aggregation maximum bit rate (AMBR) (also known as SLAMBR or V2X SLAMBR) defines the maximum bit rate that the network needs to support when the terminal is performing V2X communication. The network device refers to this parameter when configuring resources for the terminal, so that the V2X data transmission of the terminal does not exceed this upper limit. For example, the modulation and coding strategy (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) configured by the network device for the terminal is relatively high, so the allocated V2X resources cannot be too much, otherwise it is easy to exceed the AMBR. The V2X AMBR is obtained by the first network device from the core network device. When the first network device and the second network device use two communication standards, or when the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different. The first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) may share the same V2X AMBR, or the first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) use separate V2X AMBRs. When different RAT technologies use separate V2X AMBRs, the first network device obtains different AMBRs from the core network device and uses them for different RAT technologies. Taking the LTE-NR joint networking as an example, it is assumed that the RAT technology of the first network device is LTE, and the RAT technology of the second network device is NR. Then LTE and NR can share the same V2X AMBR, or LTE and NR can have separate V2X AMBR. The first network device receives a first AMBR and a second AMBR from a core network, where the first AMBR is used for LTE and the second AMBR is used for NR. The first network device sends the AMBR for NR to the second network device as the V2X AMBR in the above request message. After the second network device obtains the V2X AMBR, configure a V2X resource for the terminal according to the V2X AMBR.
V2X能力信息由终端上报给第一网络设备。终端向第一网络设备上报第一V2X能力信息,第一V2X能力信息例如可以包括以下信息中的一个或多个:终端支持的V2X频带组合(bandcombination)、带宽类别(bandwidth class)、支持基站调度、或支持高功率等。支持基站调度可以通过一个信元来指示,当该信元出现在该第一V2X能力信息中时,终端支持基站调度;未出现时,则不支持。或者也可以通过该信元的不同取值来表示终端是否支持基站调度,例如,取值为“1”时,则终端支持基站调度,否则,不支持。支持高功率的指示与之类似,在此不再赘述。第一网络设备收到该第一V2X能力信息,可以在需要第二网络设备为终端配置V2X资源时,将该第一V2X能力信息中的部分或全部信息作为请求消息中的V2X能力信息发送给第二网络设备,第二网 络设备根据接收到的V2X能力信息确定要为终端配置V2X资源。The V2X capability information is reported by the terminal to the first network device. The terminal reports the first V2X capability information to the first network device. The first V2X capability information may include, for example, one or more of the following information: V2X band combination supported by the terminal, bandwidth class, and support for base station scheduling , Or support high power. Support for base station scheduling can be indicated by a cell. When the cell appears in the first V2X capability information, the terminal supports base station scheduling; when it does not, it does not. Or it can also indicate whether the terminal supports base station scheduling through different values of the cell. For example, when the value is "1", the terminal supports base station scheduling; otherwise, it does not support it. The instructions for supporting high power are similar and will not be repeated here. After receiving the first V2X capability information, the first network device may send part or all of the first V2X capability information to the V2X capability information in the request message when the second network device is required to configure V2X resources for the terminal. A second network device, and the second network device determines that a V2X resource is to be configured for the terminal according to the received V2X capability information.
V2X最大发射功率(或称为SL最大发射功率或V2X SL最大发射功率),用于指示终端利用第二网络设备配置的V2X资源进行V2X通信时允许的最大发射功率。当第一网络设备和第二网络设备采用两种通信制式,或者说,第一网络设备和第二网络设备的RAT不同时。第一网络设备和第二网络设备(或者说不同的RAT技术)可以使用各自的最大发射功率,即第一最大发射功率和第二最大发射功率,此时,终端上报的最大发射功率包括用于第一网络设备(或第一网络设备的RAT)的第一最大发射功率和用于第二网络设备(或第二网络设备的RAT)的第二最大发射功率。第一网络设备将第二最大发射功率作为以上V2X最大发射功率携带在请求消息中的发送给第二网络设备。或者,第一网络设备和第二网络设备(或者说不同的RAT技术)可以共享最大发射功率,此时,第一网络设备可以对终端上报的最大发射功率进行功率分配,把该最大发射功率(可以理解为总功率)切分成两份,把分给第二网络设备的那份通知第二网络设备,此时,请求消息中的V2X最大发射功率为分给第二网络设备的那份。即第一网络设备从终端接收最大发射功率,将最大发射功率分为用于第一网络设备(或第一网络设备的RAT)的第一最大发射功率和用于第二网络设备(或第二网络设备的RAT)的第二最大发射功率,第一网络设备将第二最大发射功率作为以上V2X最大发射功率携带在请求消息中的发送给第二网络设备。以LTE-NR联合组网为例,假设第一网络设备的RAT技术为LTE,第二网络设备的RAT技术为NR。则LTE和NR可以共享最大发射功率,或者LTE和NR可以有单独的最大发射功率。第一网络设备从终端接收第一最大发射功率和第二最大发射功率,其中第一最大发射功率用于LTE,第二最大发射功率用于NR。第一网络设备将用于NR的最大发射功率作为以上请求消息中的V2X最大发射功率发送给第二网络设备。当第一网络设备和第二网络设备采用相同的通信制式,或者说,第一网络设备和第二网络设备的RAT相同时,第一网络设备和第二网络设备(或者说不同的RAT技术)可以共享最大发射功率,此时,第一网络设备可以进行功率分配,把该最大发射功率(可以理解为总功率)切分成两份,把分给第二网络设备的那份通知第二网络设备,此时,请求消息中的V2X最大发射功率为分给第二网络设备的那份。进一步的,如果终端能力支持,分给第二网络设备的功率也可以等于该总功率。V2X maximum transmission power (also called SL maximum transmission power or V2X SL maximum transmission power) is used to instruct the terminal to use the V2X resources configured by the second network device to perform the maximum transmission power allowed for V2X communication. When the first network device and the second network device use two communication standards, or when the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different. The first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) may use respective maximum transmission powers, that is, the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power. At this time, the maximum transmission power reported by the terminal includes The first maximum transmission power of the first network device (or the RAT of the first network device) and the second maximum transmission power for the second network device (or the RAT of the second network device). The first network device sends the second maximum transmission power as the above V2X maximum transmission power in the request message to the second network device. Alternatively, the first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) may share the maximum transmission power. At this time, the first network device may perform power allocation on the maximum transmission power reported by the terminal, and divide the maximum transmission power ( It can be understood as the total power) is divided into two parts, and the part allocated to the second network device is notified to the second network device. At this time, the maximum transmission power of the V2X in the request message is the part allocated to the second network device. That is, the first network device receives the maximum transmission power from the terminal, and divides the maximum transmission power into the first maximum transmission power for the first network device (or the RAT of the first network device) and the first maximum transmission power for the second network device (or the second network device). The second maximum transmission power of the network device (RAT), and the first network device sends the second maximum transmission power as the above V2X maximum transmission power in the request message to the second network device. Taking the LTE-NR joint networking as an example, it is assumed that the RAT technology of the first network device is LTE, and the RAT technology of the second network device is NR. Then LTE and NR can share the maximum transmit power, or LTE and NR can have separate maximum transmit powers. The first network device receives a first maximum transmission power and a second maximum transmission power from the terminal, where the first maximum transmission power is used for LTE and the second maximum transmission power is used for NR. The first network device sends the maximum transmission power for NR to the second network device as the V2X maximum transmission power in the above request message. When the first network device and the second network device use the same communication standard, or the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are the same, the first network device and the second network device (or different RAT technologies) The maximum transmission power can be shared. At this time, the first network device can perform power allocation, divide the maximum transmission power (which can be understood as the total power) into two, and notify the second network device of the share allocated to the second network device. At this time, the maximum transmission power of the V2X in the request message is the share allocated to the second network device. Further, if the terminal capability supports, the power allocated to the second network device may also be equal to the total power.
V2X业务类型信息,包括例如V2X业务类型指示或者V2X服务质量(quality of service,QoS)参数,用于指示V2X的业务类型或QoS需求。当第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送的请求消息包括该V2X业务类型信息时,第二网络设备可以据此承载相应V2X业务或数据的传输。V2X业务类型可以有多种维度或方式,例如:1、互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)或者non-IP;2、V2V,V2I,V2N或者V2P;3、供应商服务标识符(provider service identifier,PSID)或智能交通系统应用标识符(intelligent transport systems application identifier,ITS-AID)。V2X QoS参数例如可以是单个包优先级(prose per packet priority,PPPP)或者单个包可靠性(prose per packet reliability,PPPR)或者QoS流标识(QoS flow identity,QFI)或者5G QoS指示(5G QoS Identifier,5QI)或者优先级等级,或它们的任意组合。The V2X service type information includes, for example, a V2X service type indication or a V2X quality of service (QoS) parameter, and is used to indicate a V2X service type or QoS requirement. When the request message sent by the first network device to the second network device includes the V2X service type information, the second network device may carry corresponding V2X service or data transmission accordingly. V2X service types can have multiple dimensions or methods, for example: 1. Internet Protocol (IP) or non-IP; 2. V2V, V2I, V2N or V2P; 3. Supplier service identifier (provider, service identifier), (PSID) or intelligent transportation system application identifier (ITS-AID). V2X QoS parameters can be, for example, single packet priority (PPPP) or single packet reliability (PPPR) or QoS flow identity (QFI) or 5G QoS indicator (5G QoS Identifier) , 5QI) or priority level, or any combination thereof.
可选的,在完成第一网络设备和第二网络设备之间的交互之后,在第一网络设备 给终端的配置消息中可以包括转移到第二网络设备的V2X业务类型信息,例如V2X业务类型指示或者V2X QoS参数。即在以上步骤S430中,第一网络设备还可以向终端发送转移到第二网络设备的V2X业务类型信息。该V2X业务类型信息可以和V2X资源配置信息携带在同一配置消息中。Optionally, after the interaction between the first network device and the second network device is completed, the configuration message sent by the first network device to the terminal may include V2X service type information transferred to the second network device, such as a V2X service type Indication or V2X QoS parameters. That is, in the above step S430, the first network device may also send the V2X service type information transferred to the second network device to the terminal. The V2X service type information may be carried in the same configuration message as the V2X resource configuration information.
可选的,以上请求消息可以不包括V2X请求指示,而在携带其它V2X信息时,例如V2X授权信息、V2X AMBR、V2X能力信息、V2X最大发射功率、或V2X业务类型信息时,隐性指示第二网络设备为终端分配V2X资源。可选的,以上请求消息可以仅包括V2X请求指示,其它V2X信息可以由第二网络设备从核心网设备获取。Optionally, the above request message may not include a V2X request indication, and when carrying other V2X information, such as V2X authorization information, V2X AMBR, V2X capability information, V2X maximum transmit power, or V2X service type information, the implicit indication of the first Two network devices allocate V2X resources to the terminal. Optionally, the above request message may only include a V2X request indication, and other V2X information may be obtained by the second network device from the core network device.
可选的,除V2X请求指示,以上请求消息可以携带以上任一个V2X信息,利用该携带的V2X信息隐性指示第二网络设备为终端分配V2X资源;或者携带一个以上V2X信息,利用其中任一个或多个V2X信息隐性指示第二网络设备为终端分配V2X资源。例如,以上请求消息也可以携带V2X能力信息,用于隐性指示第二网络设备为终端分配V2X资源,同时用于第二网络设备了解终端V2X能力。Optionally, in addition to the V2X request indication, the above request message may carry any of the above V2X information, and use the carried V2X information to implicitly instruct the second network device to allocate V2X resources to the terminal; or carry more than one V2X information, and use any of them Or the multiple V2X information implicitly instructs the second network device to allocate V2X resources to the terminal. For example, the above request message may also carry V2X capability information, which is used to implicitly instruct the second network device to allocate V2X resources to the terminal, and at the same time, used by the second network device to learn the V2X capability of the terminal.
可选的,以上请求消息携带V2X请求指示,显性指示第二网络设备为终端分配V2X资源。且在显性指示第二网络设备为终端分配V2X资源时,可以携带其它V2X信息,也可以不携带其它V2X信息。例如携带V2X能力信息,此时,V2X能力信息不用于指示第二网络设备为终端分配V2X资源,而是用于第二网络设备了解终端的V2X能力,而进行相应能力的控制。再如,携带V2X最大发射功率,此时,V2X最大发射功率不用于指示第二网络设备为终端分配V2X资源,而是拥有第二网络设备进行功率控制。其它信息与之类似,不再赘述。Optionally, the above request message carries a V2X request indication, which explicitly instructs the second network device to allocate V2X resources to the terminal. And when the second network device is explicitly instructed to allocate V2X resources to the terminal, it may or may not carry other V2X information. For example, it carries V2X capability information. At this time, the V2X capability information is not used to instruct the second network device to allocate V2X resources to the terminal, but is used for the second network device to learn the V2X capability of the terminal and control the corresponding capability. As another example, the maximum transmission power of V2X is carried. At this time, the maximum transmission power of V2X is not used to instruct the second network device to allocate V2X resources to the terminal, but to own the second network device for power control. Other information is similar and will not be repeated here.
可见,请求消息可以仅包括V2X请求指示,V2X授权信息,V2X AMBR,V2X能力信息,V2X最大发射功率,或V2X业务类型信息;或者可以包括这些信息的任意组合。It can be seen that the request message may only include V2X request indication, V2X authorization information, V2X AMBR, V2X capability information, V2X maximum transmission power, or V2X service type information; or may include any combination of these information.
以上V2X资源配置信息又可以称为SL资源配置信息,或者V2X SL资源配置信息,或者V2X/SL配置信息,或者V2X SL配置信息。该信息可以包括:SL无线网络临时标识(sidelink-radio network temporary identifier,SL-RNTI)和V2X资源。The above V2X resource configuration information may also be referred to as SL resource configuration information, or V2X SL resource configuration information, or V2X / SL configuration information, or V2X SL configuration information. The information may include: SL wireless network temporary identifier (SL-RNTI) and V2X resources.
V2X资源可以包括发送资源池和/或接收资源池,其中发送资源池可以包括调度用的发送资源池和/或竞争用的发送资源池。发送资源池可以包括公共的发送资源池和/或专用的发送资源池,接收资源池可以包括公共的接收资源池和/或专用的接收资源池。V2X resources may include a sending resource pool and / or a receiving resource pool, where the sending resource pool may include a sending resource pool for scheduling and / or a sending resource pool for competition. The sending resource pool may include a common sending resource pool and / or a dedicated sending resource pool, and the receiving resource pool may include a common receiving resource pool and / or a dedicated receiving resource pool.
V2X资源配置信息还可以包括以下信息中的一个或多个:V2X的同步配置、同步参考类型配置、区域(zone)配置信息、V2X异频信息、调度资源池、SL发送优先级配置参数、SL的优先级、MCS,和发送功率等。V2X resource configuration information may also include one or more of the following information: V2X synchronization configuration, synchronization reference type configuration, zone configuration information, V2X inter-frequency information, scheduling resource pool, SL sending priority configuration parameters, SL Priority, MCS, and transmit power.
V2X的同步配置是可选的,可以包括同步发送的参数、同步的循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)长度、同步发送周期、同步窗等。如果第一网络设备和第二网络设备使用相同的配置,则不需要第二网络设备再去生成该配置。同步参考类型配置是可选的,又可以称为SL-TypeTxSync,用于配置同步源,同步源可以包括全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS)或基站或终端。如果第一网络设备和第二网络设备使用相同的配置,则不需要第二网络设备再去生成该配置。可见,第一网络设备和第二网络设备可以针对同步使用相同的配置。V2X's synchronization configuration is optional and can include parameters for synchronous transmission, the length of a cyclic prefix (CP) for synchronization, the synchronization transmission period, and the synchronization window. If the first network device and the second network device use the same configuration, the second network device is not required to generate the configuration. The configuration of the synchronization reference type is optional. It can also be called SL-TypeTxSync, which is used to configure the synchronization source. The synchronization source can include a global navigation satellite system (GNSS) or a base station or terminal. If the first network device and the second network device use the same configuration, the second network device is not required to generate the configuration. It can be seen that the first network device and the second network device can use the same configuration for synchronization.
当第一网络设备和第二网络设备具有不同的通信制式,即采用不同的RAT技术时,它们可以有各自的同步源,这时候,终端维护两套同步机制。或者,第一网络设备和第二网络设备可以用同一套同步源,例如第一网络设备和第二网络设备分别为LTE和NR通信制式,DC是为了支持NR V2X发起的,此时,可以让LTE V2X和NR V2X用同一套同步源,简化终端实现行为。When the first network device and the second network device have different communication standards, that is, different RAT technologies are used, they can have their own synchronization sources. At this time, the terminal maintains two sets of synchronization mechanisms. Alternatively, the first network device and the second network device can use the same set of synchronization sources. For example, the first network device and the second network device are LTE and NR communication systems, respectively. The DC is initiated to support NR and V2X. At this time, you can use LTE V2X and NR V2X use the same set of synchronization sources to simplify terminal implementation.
当第二网络设备支持区域配置时,V2X资源配置信息可以包括Zone配置信息,该Zone配置信息可以包括区域标识和该区域对应的V2X资源池。即V2X资源可以根据区域进行配置,此时V2X资源配置信息还可以包括区域标识。When the second network device supports zone configuration, the V2X resource configuration information may include zone configuration information, and the zone configuration information may include a zone identifier and a V2X resource pool corresponding to the zone. That is, the V2X resources can be configured according to the region. At this time, the V2X resource configuration information can also include the region identifier.
V2X异频信息是可选的,包括第二网络设备的小区支持的异频V2X配置信息。SL发送优先级配置参数是可选的,类似同步相关配置,可以重用第一网络设备的配置。MCS和发送功率都是可选的,可以采用默认配置。The V2X inter-frequency information is optional, and includes inter-frequency V2X configuration information supported by the cell of the second network device. The SL sending priority configuration parameter is optional. Similar to the synchronization related configuration, the configuration of the first network device can be reused. Both MCS and transmit power are optional and can use the default configuration.
以上方法可以用于多于一个(即多个)载波或小区的无线资源来为终端提供服务的场景,例如载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA)的场景,再如双连接(Dual Connectivity,DC)场景。该多个载波和小区可以位于不同的物理实体下,即由不同的物理实体控制,例如位于不同的RAN节点下。下面以DC场景为例进行描述,其它场景中以上通信流程与之类似,在此不再赘述。The above method can be used in scenarios where more than one (i.e., multiple) carrier or cell radio resources provide services to the terminal, such as a carrier aggregation (CA) scenario, and a dual connectivity (DC) scenario . The multiple carriers and cells may be located under different physical entities, that is, controlled by different physical entities, for example, under different RAN nodes. The DC scenario is used as an example for description below. The above communication flow is similar in other scenarios and will not be repeated here.
请参考图5,其为本申请实施例提供的一种DC场景的示意图。此时,以上第一网络设备和第二网络设备分别为主节点(Master Node,MN)和辅节点(secondary node,SN),或者主基站和辅基站。如图5所示,RAN节点510和RAN节点520共同为终端530提供服务,其中RAN节点510为MN,RAN节点520为SN。Please refer to FIG. 5, which is a schematic diagram of a DC scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application. At this time, the above first network device and the second network device are respectively a primary node (Master Node, MN) and a secondary node (SN), or a primary base station and a secondary base station. As shown in FIG. 5, the RAN node 510 and the RAN node 520 collectively provide services for the terminal 530, where the RAN node 510 is a MN and the RAN node 520 is an SN.
双连接可以在同制式RAN节点之间实现,也可以在异制式RAN节点之间实现。例如,可以在LTE(又称为4G)和新无线(New Radio,NR)(又称为5G)联合组网的场景下实现双连接,称为LTE-NR双连接,从而终端可以同时从LTE和NR空口获得无线资源进行数据传输,获得传输速率的增益。LTE-NR双连接可以以LTE的RAN节点为锚点,即主节点,也可以以NR的RAN节点为锚点,且主节点可以接入LTE核心网,也可以接入NR核心网。下面分别结合图6(a),图6(b)和图6(c)描述几种组网,其中,核心网和RAN节点之间的接口用S1表示,RAN节点之间的接口用X2(又可以称为Xn接口)表示,这种表示形式仅为举例,并非用于限制本申请。Dual connectivity can be implemented between RAN nodes of the same system or between RAN nodes of different systems. For example, dual connectivity can be implemented in the scenario of LTE (also known as 4G) and New Radio (NR) (also known as 5G) joint networking, which is called LTE-NR dual connectivity, so that the terminal can simultaneously switch from LTE Obtain wireless resources for data transmission with the NR air interface, and gain the transmission rate. The LTE-NR dual connection can use the LTE RAN node as the anchor point, that is, the master node, or the NR RAN node as the anchor point, and the master node can access the LTE core network or the NR core network. The following describes several types of networking in conjunction with Figures 6 (a), 6 (b), and 6 (c). The interface between the core network and the RAN node is represented by S1, and the interface between the RAN nodes is represented by X2 ( It may also be referred to as an Xn interface), and this representation is merely an example, and is not intended to limit the present application.
请参考图6(a),其为本申请实施例提供的一种LTE-NR双连接场景示意图。如图6(a)所示,LTE eNB作为MN,与LTE系统的演进型分组核心网(evolved Packet Core,EPC)之间可以为终端建立控制面和用户面连接;NR gNB作为SN,与EPC之间可以建立用户面连接。可见,在图6(a)所示的场景中,以LTE eNB为锚点,且该LTE eNB接入LTE的核心网。请参考图6(b),其为本申请实施例提供的另一种LTE-NR双连接场景示意图。其与图6(a)的区别在于,以NR gNB为锚点,且该NR gNB接入NR的核心网,可以称之为下一代核心网(Next Genaeration Core,NGC)或者5G核心网(5 th Generation Core Network,5G-CN)。即,NR gNB作为MN,与NGC之间可以为终端建立控制面和用户面连接;LTE eNB作为SN,与NGC之间可以建立用户面连接。请参考图6(c),其为本申请实施例提供的又一种LTE-NR双连接场景示意图。其与图6(a)同样以LTE eNB为锚点,区别在于该LTE eNB接入NR的核心网NGC。即,LTE eNB 作为MN,与NGC之间可以为终端建立控制面和用户面连接;NR gNB作为SN,与NGC之间可以建立用户面连接。 Please refer to FIG. 6 (a), which is a schematic diagram of an LTE-NR dual connection scenario according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 6 (a), the LTE eNB, as the MN, and the evolved packet core (EPC) of the LTE system can establish a control plane and user plane connection for the terminal; the NR gNB, as the SN, and the EPC User plane connections can be established between them. It can be seen that in the scenario shown in FIG. 6 (a), the LTE eNB is used as the anchor point, and the LTE eNB accesses the LTE core network. Please refer to FIG. 6 (b), which is a schematic diagram of another LTE-NR dual connection scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application. The difference from Figure 6 (a) is that the core network that uses the NR gNB as the anchor and the NR gNB accesses the NR can be called the Next Genaeration Core (NGC) or the 5G core network (5 th Generation Core Network, 5G-CN). That is, the NR gNB as the MN can establish a control plane and user plane connection with the terminal for the terminal; the LTE eNB as the SN can establish the user plane connection with the NGC. Please refer to FIG. 6 (c), which is a schematic diagram of another LTE-NR dual connection scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application. It uses the LTE eNB as an anchor point as in FIG. 6 (a), the difference is that the LTE eNB accesses the core network NGC of the NR. That is, the LTE eNB, as the MN, and the NGC can establish a control plane and user plane connection for the terminal; the NR gNB, as the SN, can establish the user plane connection with the NGC.
在该DC场景下,以上V2X资源配置的过程可以在双连接的初始配置过程中完成。此时,以上请求消息可以为SN添加请求消息,以上响应消息可以为SN添加请求确认消息。下面结合附图进行描述。In this DC scenario, the above V2X resource configuration process can be completed during the initial configuration of dual connectivity. At this time, the above request message may add a request message for the SN, and the above response message may add a request confirmation message for the SN. The following is described with reference to the drawings.
请参考图7,其为本申请实施例提供的一种V2X通信方法的示意图。如图7所示,该方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 7, which is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, the method includes the following steps:
S710:RAN节点510向RAN节点520发送SN添加请求(SN addition request)消息,该SN添加请求消息用于请求添加RAN节点520为SN。S710: The RAN node 510 sends an SN addition request (SN add request) message to the RAN node 520, and the SN add request message is used to request to add the RAN node 520 as an SN.
该SN添加请求消息除了请求添加RAN节点520为SN之外,还用于请求RAN节点520为终端配置V2X资源。例如,该SN添加请求消息包括终端的V2X信息,用于请求RAN节点520为终端配置V2X资源。关于该终端的V2X信息的描述,同以上实施例,在此不再赘述。In addition to requesting that the RAN node 520 be an SN, the SN addition request message is also used to request the RAN node 520 to configure a V2X resource for the terminal. For example, the SN addition request message includes V2X information of the terminal, and is used to request the RAN node 520 to configure V2X resources for the terminal. The description of the V2X information of the terminal is the same as the foregoing embodiment, and is not repeated here.
可选的,MN可以请求SN为终端更新V2X资源配置时发起以上流程。例如,终端更新了感兴趣的频率信息时,MN可以将更新的频率信息告知SN,让SN去更改配置,即SN为终端重配V2X资源。又例如,MN决策更改分配给SN的V2X业务或V2X QoS,则将更改的V2X业务或V2X QoS告知SN,让SN更改配置,即SN为终端重配V2X资源。Optionally, the MN may request the SN to initiate the above process when the terminal updates the V2X resource configuration. For example, when the terminal updates the frequency information of interest, the MN can inform the SN of the updated frequency information and let the SN change the configuration, that is, the SN reconfigures the V2X resources for the terminal. For another example, when the MN decides to change the V2X service or V2X QoS assigned to the SN, it informs the SN of the changed V2X service or V2X QoS and lets the SN change the configuration, that is, the SN reconfigures the V2X resources for the terminal.
RAN节点520收到SN添加请求消息后,获知RAN节点510要增加其为SN,进而执行SCG配置。在本实施例中,RAN节点520在执行SCG配置过程中,会生成SCG配置信息,该SCG配置信息可以携带以上V2X资源配置信息,并将生成的V2X资源配置信息发送给RAN节点510。即,RAN节点520执行以下步骤:After receiving the SN addition request message, the RAN node 520 learns that the RAN node 510 wants to add it as an SN, and then performs SCG configuration. In this embodiment, during the SCG configuration process, the RAN node 520 generates SCG configuration information, which can carry the above V2X resource configuration information, and sends the generated V2X resource configuration information to the RAN node 510. That is, the RAN node 520 performs the following steps:
S720:RAN节点520将生成的V2X资源配置信息携带于SN添加请求确认(SN addition request acknowledge)消息中发送给RAN节点510。该SN添加请求确认消息为SN添加请求消息的响应消息。S720: The RAN node 520 carries the generated V2X resource configuration information in an SN addition request confirmation (SN addition request acknowledgement) message and sends it to the RAN node 510. The SN addition request confirmation message is a response message to the SN addition request message.
V2X资源配置信息的描述同以上实施例,在此不再赘述。The description of the V2X resource configuration information is the same as the above embodiment, and is not repeated here.
此外,V2X资源配置信息可以作为容器携带于SN添加请求确认消息中发送给RAN节点510。例如,该V2X资源配置信息可以为RAN节点520的无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息,例如RRC协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)或RRC PDU的一部分发送给RAN节点510。In addition, the V2X resource configuration information can be carried as a container and sent to the RAN node 510 in the SN addition request confirmation message. For example, the V2X resource configuration information may be a radio resource control (RRC) message of the RAN node 520, for example, an RRC protocol data unit (PDU) or a part of the RRC PDU is sent to the RAN node 510.
RAN节点510接收到RAN节点520发送的SN添加请求确认消息,并执行以下操作:The RAN node 510 receives the SN addition request confirmation message sent by the RAN node 520 and performs the following operations:
S730:RAN节点510将RAN节点520的V2X资源配置信息携带于RRC连接重配置(RRC connection reconfiguration)消息中,发送给终端。S730: The RAN node 510 carries the V2X resource configuration information of the RAN node 520 in an RRC connection reconfiguration message, and sends it to the terminal.
示例性的,如果RAN节点510是LTE中的RAN节点,RAN节点520为NR中的RAN节点,则RAN节点510向终端发送LTE的RRC连接重配置消息,该LTE的RRC连接重配置消息中包括RAN节点520的V2X资源配置信息。可选的,RAN节点520的V2X资源配置信息可以为LTE的RRC消息或LTE的RRC消息中的一部分;或者该RAN节点520的V2X资源配置信息可以为RAN节点520的RRC消息或RAN 节点520的RRC消息的一部分。例如,LTE的RRC重配置消息中包括RAN节点520的RRC PDU,该RAN节点520的RRC PDU作为一个容器,RAN节点510可以不解析该容器,将RAN节点520的RRC PDU转发给终端。RAN节点520的V2X资源配置信息是该RAN节点520的RRC PDU的全部或一部分,当RAN节点520的V2X资源配置信息是该RAN节点520的RRC PDU的一部分时,RAN节点510可以将该完整的RAN节点520的RRC PDU转发给终端。Exemplarily, if the RAN node 510 is a RAN node in LTE and the RAN node 520 is a RAN node in NR, the RAN node 510 sends an LTE RRC connection reconfiguration message to the terminal. The LTE RRC connection reconfiguration message includes V2X resource configuration information of the RAN node 520. Optionally, the V2X resource configuration information of the RAN node 520 may be an LTE RRC message or a part of the LTE RRC message; or the V2X resource configuration information of the RAN node 520 may be an RRC message of the RAN node 520 or the RAN node 520 Part of the RRC message. For example, the RRC reconfiguration message of LTE includes the RRC PDU of the RAN node 520, and the RRC PDU of the RAN node 520 is used as a container. The RAN node 510 may forward the RRC PDU of the RAN node 520 to the terminal without parsing the container. The V2X resource configuration information of the RAN node 520 is all or part of the RRC PDU of the RAN node 520. When the V2X resource configuration information of the RAN node 520 is a part of the RRC PDU of the RAN node 520, the RAN node 510 may change the complete The RRC PDU of the RAN node 520 is forwarded to the terminal.
终端接收RRC连接重配置消息之后,从中解析出RAN节点520的V2X资源配置信息,并执行以下操作:After receiving the RRC connection reconfiguration message, the terminal parses out the V2X resource configuration information of the RAN node 520 and performs the following operations:
S740:终端向RAN节点510发送RRC连接重配置完成(RRC connection reconfiguration complete)消息。S740: The terminal sends an RRC connection reconfiguration complete (RRC connection reconfiguration complete) message to the RAN node 510.
RAN节点510接收RRC连接重配置完成消息,或者RRC连接重配置完成,并执行以下步骤:The RAN node 510 receives the RRC connection reconfiguration completion message, or the RRC connection reconfiguration is completed, and performs the following steps:
S750:RAN节点510向RAN节点520发送SN重配置完成(SN reconfiguration complete)消息,以告知RAN节点520重配置完成。S750: The RAN node 510 sends an SN reconfiguration complete (SN reconfiguration complete) message to the RAN node 520 to inform the RAN node 520 that the reconfiguration is complete.
如此,完成了SN的添加,且SN为终端配置了V2X资源,终端可以获得SN的V2X资源,用于V2X业务传输。之后,终端可以与SN进行同步。In this way, the SN is added, and the SN is configured with V2X resources for the terminal. The terminal can obtain the V2X resources of the SN for V2X service transmission. After that, the terminal can synchronize with the SN.
在现有的DC技术中,需要有承载要分流到SN的时候才允许触发DC的配置。而在本申请中,针对V2X业务,由于并不一定需要产生承载,因此可以不适用此原则,即,可以为支持V2X业务,专门触发SN添加请求流程。或者,可以引入一个新的流程,类似SN增加请求流程,此时,以上请求消息为新增请求消息,例如可以称为V2X/sidelink请求消息等,如此,可以向后兼容,不影响现有的DC机制。In the existing DC technology, the configuration of triggering the DC is allowed only when the bearer is to be offloaded to the SN. In this application, for V2X services, since the bearer does not necessarily need to be generated, this principle may not apply, that is, to support V2X services, the SN addition request process may be specifically triggered. Alternatively, a new process can be introduced, similar to the SN adding request process. At this time, the above request message is a new request message, for example, it can be called a V2X / sidelink request message, etc. In this way, it can be backward compatible without affecting the existing DC mechanism.
此外,在现有的DC技术中,如果终端用到了SN的空口资源,则需要与SN之间进行随机接入。在本申请中,如果除了V2X业务之外,终端并没有其他业务,只是为了支持V2X业务而增加SN,且同步源又没有选择SN,此时,终端可以不与SN做同步,即不向SN发起随机接入。In addition, in the existing DC technology, if the terminal uses the air interface resources of the SN, it needs to perform random access with the SN. In this application, if the terminal has no other services besides the V2X service, the SN is only added to support the V2X service, and the synchronization source does not select the SN. At this time, the terminal may not synchronize with the SN, that is, not to the SN Initiate random access.
可见,图4所示的方法可以在DC的初始配置的过程中完成,将SN配置的V2X资源信息可以通过添加请求确认消息中发送给MN,并通过MN的RRC连接重配置消息发送给终端。进而,终端可以利用该SN配置的V2X资源进行V2X通信,获得除MN的小区之外更多小区的V2X的资源,从而提高V2X的数据吞吐率。如此,在完成DC初始配置的同时,获得了SN上的V2X资源,节约了信令,且提高了通信效率。It can be seen that the method shown in FIG. 4 can be completed during the initial configuration of the DC. The V2X resource information configured by the SN can be sent to the MN through an add request confirmation message, and sent to the terminal through the RC RRC connection reconfiguration message. Furthermore, the terminal can use the V2X resources configured by the SN to perform V2X communication, and obtain V2X resources of more cells besides the MN's cell, thereby improving the V2X data throughput rate. In this way, while the initial configuration of the DC is completed, V2X resources on the SN are obtained, signaling is saved, and communication efficiency is improved.
图7所示的实施例在DC的初始配置过程进行SN上V2X资源的配置,此外,可以在其它配置过程进行SN上V2X资源的配置,例如在SN修改(modification)过程。下面结合图8进行描述。The embodiment shown in FIG. 7 performs the configuration of V2X resources on the SN during the initial configuration process of the DC. In addition, the configuration of V2X resources on the SN may be performed during other configuration processes, such as the SN modification process. The following is described with reference to FIG. 8.
请参考图8,其为本申请实施例提供的另一种V2X通信方法的示意图。如图8所示,包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 8, which is a schematic diagram of another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, it includes the following steps:
S810:MN向SN发送SN修改请求(SN modification request)消息,在现有技术中,该SN修改请求消息用于请求修改SN的配置,例如请求将某些承载建立在SN上,或请求修改SCG承载、split承载的SCG部分,或者请求SCG小区的增加或释放等。在本实施例中,可以请求SN为终端更新V2X资源配置,例如在终端更新了感兴趣的 频率信息时,MN可以将更新的频率信息告知SN,让SN去更改配置,即SN为终端重配V2X资源。又例如,MN决策更改分配给SN的V2X业务或V2X QoS,则将更改的V2X业务或V2X QoS告知SN,让SN更改配置,即SN为终端重配V2X资源。S810: The MN sends an SN modification request (SN modification request) message to the SN. In the prior art, the SN modification request message is used to request to modify the configuration of the SN, such as requesting to establish certain bearers on the SN or requesting to modify the SCG Bearer, the SCG part of the split bearer, or request the addition or release of an SCG cell. In this embodiment, the SN may be requested to update the V2X resource configuration for the terminal. For example, when the terminal updates the frequency information of interest, the MN may inform the SN of the updated frequency information and let the SN change the configuration, that is, the SN is reconfigured for the terminal. V2X resources. For another example, when the MN decides to change the V2X service or V2X QoS assigned to the SN, it informs the SN of the changed V2X service or V2X QoS and lets the SN change the configuration, that is, the SN reconfigures the V2X resources for the terminal.
该SN修改请求消息可以用于请求RAN节点520为终端配置V2X资源。例如,该SN修改请求消息包括终端的V2X信息,用于请求RAN节点520为终端配置V2X资源。关于该终端的V2X信息的描述,同以上实施例,在此不再赘述。The SN modification request message may be used to request the RAN node 520 to configure a V2X resource for the terminal. For example, the SN modification request message includes V2X information of the terminal, and is used to request the RAN node 520 to configure V2X resources for the terminal. The description of the V2X information of the terminal is the same as the foregoing embodiment, and is not repeated here.
SN收到SN修改请求消息后,解析出终端的V2X信息,并根据该终端的V2X信息为终端配置V2X资源,生成V2X资源配置信息,并将生成的V2X资源配置信息发送给MN。即,SN执行以下步骤:After receiving the SN modification request message, the SN parses out the V2X information of the terminal, configures V2X resources for the terminal according to the V2X information of the terminal, generates V2X resource configuration information, and sends the generated V2X resource configuration information to the MN. That is, the SN performs the following steps:
S820:SN将生成的V2X资源配置信息携带于SN修改请求确认(SN modification request acknowledge)消息中发送给MN。该SN修改请求确认消息为SN修改请求消息的响应消息。S820: The SN carries the generated V2X resource configuration information to an SN modification request confirmation (SN modification request message) and sends it to the MN. The SN modification request confirmation message is a response message to the SN modification request message.
关于SN的V2X资源配置信息的形式或内容同以上实施例,在此不再赘述。The form or content of the V2X resource configuration information about the SN is the same as the above embodiment, and is not repeated here.
MN接收到SN发送的修改请求确认消息,并执行:The MN receives the modification request confirmation message sent by the SN, and executes:
步骤S830:MN将SN的V2X资源配置信息携带于RRC连接重配置(RRC connection reconfiguration)消息中,发送给终端。Step S830: The MN carries the V2X resource configuration information of the SN in an RRC connection reconfiguration message and sends it to the terminal.
其与图7中步骤S730类似,在此不再详述。This is similar to step S730 in FIG. 7 and will not be described in detail here.
终端接收RRC连接重配置消息之后,从中解析出SN的V2X资源配置信息,并执行以下操作:After receiving the RRC connection reconfiguration message, the terminal parses the V2X resource configuration information of the SN from it and performs the following operations:
S840:终端向MN发送RRC连接重配置完成(RRC connection reconfiguration complete)消息。S840: The terminal sends an RRC connection reconfiguration complete (RRC connection reconfiguration complete) message to the MN.
其与图7中步骤S770类似,在此不再详述。This is similar to step S770 in FIG. 7 and will not be described in detail here.
MN接收RRC连接重配置完成消息,并执行以下步骤:The MN receives the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message and performs the following steps:
S850:MN向SN发送SN修改确认(SN modification confirm)消息。S850: The MN sends an SN modification confirmation (SN modification confirmation) message to the SN.
以上SN修改是由MN触发的,可选的,SN修改可以由SN触发。此时,相对于以上实施例,在步骤S810之前,还可以包括步骤S801:SN向MN发送SN修改要求(SN modification required)消息。The above SN modification is triggered by the MN. Optionally, the SN modification can be triggered by the SN. At this time, compared to the above embodiment, before step S810, the method may further include step S801: the SN sends an SN modification request message to the MN.
可见,图4所示的方法可以在双连接进行中实现,例如,在SN修改过程中实现,将SN的V2X资源配置信息通过SN修改请求确认消息中发送给MN,并通过MN的RRC连接重配置消息发送给终端。进而,终端可以利用该SN配置的V2X资源进行V2X通信,获得除MN的小区之外更多小区的V2X的资源,从而提高V2X的数据吞吐率。It can be seen that the method shown in FIG. 4 can be implemented in the dual connection process. For example, it is implemented during the SN modification process, and the V2X resource configuration information of the SN is sent to the MN through the SN modification request confirmation message, and then re-connected through the MN RRC connection. Configuration messages are sent to the terminal. Furthermore, the terminal can use the V2X resources configured by the SN to perform V2X communication, and obtain V2X resources of more cells besides the MN's cell, thereby improving the V2X data throughput rate.
在LTE-NR联合组网的场景下,通过在RAN节点之间传输V2X信息和V2X资源配置信息,可以使得终端在DC架构下获得NR的V2X服务,即在空口上,可以同时为终端配置LTE V2X和NR V2X,提高了V2X的数据吞吐率。In the LTE-NR joint networking scenario, by transmitting V2X information and V2X resource configuration information between RAN nodes, the terminal can obtain the NR V2X service under the DC architecture, that is, on the air interface, the terminal can be configured with LTE at the same time. V2X and NR V2X improve the data throughput of V2X.
可选的,在第一网络设备可以与其它网络设备交互各自对V2X的支持情况,从而在选择第二网络设备时,第一网络设备可以选择能够支持V2X功能的网络设备作为第二网络设备,从而在终端有V2X业务的需求时,降低了第一网络设备为终端选择的第二网络设备无法提供相应的服务的可能性。在DC场景下,MN选择添加SN时,也可 以考虑终端的业务情况,从而选择更加适合终端的SN,例如终端如果有V2X业务需求,则可以选择支持V2X的网络设备作为SN。Optionally, the first network device can interact with other network devices to support V2X, so when selecting the second network device, the first network device can select a network device capable of supporting the V2X function as the second network device. Therefore, when the terminal has a demand for V2X services, the possibility that the second network device selected by the first network device for the terminal cannot provide corresponding services is reduced. In the DC scenario, when the MN chooses to add an SN, the service conditions of the terminal can also be considered, so that the SN that is more suitable for the terminal can be selected. For example, if the terminal has V2X service requirements, it can choose a network device that supports V2X as the SN.
请继续参考图4,此时,以上方法还可以包括如下步骤:Please continue to refer to FIG. 4. At this time, the above method may further include the following steps:
S401:第一网络设备从第二网络设备接收V2X支持信息,该V2X支持信息用于指示第二网络设备对V2X业务的支持情况,例如是否支持V2X业务。S401: The first network device receives V2X support information from the second network device, and the V2X support information is used to indicate whether the second network device supports V2X services, such as whether the V2X services are supported.
第一网络设备根据该V2X支持信息,确定第二网络设备支持V2X业务时,执行以上步骤S410,即向第二网络设备发送请求消息。When the first network device determines that the second network device supports the V2X service according to the V2X support information, the above step S410 is performed, that is, the request message is sent to the second network device.
第一网络设备也可以将自身的V2X支持信息发送给其它网络设备,例如第二网络设备,该V2X支持信息用于指示第一网络设备对V2X业务的支持情况,例如是否支持V2X业务。The first network device may also send its own V2X support information to other network devices, such as a second network device. The V2X support information is used to indicate the support status of the first network device for the V2X service, such as whether the V2X service is supported.
以上V2X支持信息可以包括V2X能力信息,V2X业务类型,V2X服务质量(quality of service,QoS)参数,或提供V2X服务的频率。V2X能力信息用于指示第二网络设备是否支持V2X业务,例如可以为1bit信元,其取值为“0”时表示不支持V2X业务,取值为“1”时表示支持V2X业务;或者,取值为“1”时表示不支持V2X业务,取值为“0”时表示支持V2X业务。V2X业务类型用于指示第二网络设备支持的V2X业务类型,例如V2X业务、V2I业务、V2P业务、或V2V业务等。V2X QoS参数,用于指示第二网络设备支持的V2X QoS,例如PPPP,PPPR,QFI,5QI,或优先级等级,代表网络设备支持的能力,或者网络设备能够支持的V2X业务。提供V2X服务的频率,用于指示第二网络设备支持的用于V2X服务的频率。The above V2X support information may include V2X capability information, V2X service type, V2X quality of service (QoS) parameters, or frequency of providing V2X services. The V2X capability information is used to indicate whether the second network device supports V2X services. For example, it can be a 1-bit cell. When the value is "0", V2X services are not supported. When the value is "1", V2X services are supported. A value of "1" indicates that V2X services are not supported, and a value of "0" indicates that V2X services are supported. The V2X service type is used to indicate the V2X service type supported by the second network device, such as a V2X service, a V2I service, a V2P service, or a V2V service. The V2X QoS parameter is used to indicate the V2X QoS supported by the second network device, such as PPPP, PPPR, QFI, 5QI, or priority level, which represents the capability supported by the network device, or the V2X service that the network device can support. The frequency of providing the V2X service is used to indicate the frequency for the V2X service supported by the second network device.
当采用V2X能力信息时,第一网络设备可以获知其它网络设备是否支持V2X业务,从而在终端有V2X业务需求时,选择支持V2X业务的网络设备作为第二网络设备,例如在DC场景下,选择支持V2X业务的网络设备作为SN。当采用V2X业务类型时,第一网络设备不仅可以知道其它网络设备是否支持V2X业务,还可以知道其它网络设备支持的V2X业务的类型,从而选择与终端V2X业务类型相匹配的的第二网络设备。当采用V2X QoS参数时,第一网络设备不仅可以知道其它网络设备是否支持V2X业务,还可以知道其它网络设备支持的V2X QoS等级,从而选择与终端V2X QoS等级相匹配的的第二网络设备。当采用提供V2X服务的频率时,第一网络设备不仅可以知道其它网络设备是否支持V2X业务,还可以知道第二网络设备支持的频率。例如,网络设备下的小区的频率例如是1.8G,但它支持异频V2X,也就是说,它支持给终端分配其他频率的V2X资源,比如5.9G等。第一网络设备可以从终端收到终端感兴趣的频率,那在选择SN的时候可以去判读SN是否支持终端感兴趣的频率。When V2X capability information is used, the first network device can know whether other network devices support V2X services, so when the terminal has V2X service requirements, it selects a network device that supports V2X services as the second network device. For example, in the DC scenario, select Network devices that support V2X services act as SNs. When using the V2X service type, the first network device can know not only whether other network devices support V2X services, but also the type of V2X services supported by other network devices, so as to select a second network device that matches the V2X service type of the terminal. . When the V2X QoS parameter is adopted, the first network device can not only know whether other network devices support V2X services, but also know the V2X QoS level supported by other network devices, so as to select a second network device that matches the terminal V2X QoS level. When using a frequency that provides V2X services, the first network device can not only know whether other network devices support V2X services, but also know the frequencies supported by the second network device. For example, the frequency of the cell under the network device is, for example, 1.8G, but it supports inter-frequency V2X, that is, it supports the allocation of V2X resources of other frequencies to the terminal, such as 5.9G. The first network device can receive the frequency that the terminal is interested in from the terminal, and when selecting the SN, it can judge whether the SN supports the frequency that the terminal is interested in.
以上V2X支持信息可以在第一网络设备和第二网络设备之间接口建立的过程中进行传输。当然也可以在其它网络设备交互过程中进行传输,或者新建流程用于交互该V2X支持信息,本申请实施例不做限制。The above V2X support information may be transmitted during the process of establishing an interface between the first network device and the second network device. Of course, it can also be transmitted during the interaction process of other network devices, or a new process can be used to interact with the V2X support information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
以第一网络设备为LTE RAN节点,第二网络设备为NR RAN节点为例。在LTE RAN节点与NR RAN节点之间建立接口的时候,LTE RAN节点与NR RAN节点交互V2X支持信息。LTE RAN节点在终端有V2X业务需求时,可以在选择SN之前,先确认NR RAN节点是否支持NR V2X业务,当支持时,LTE RAN节点选择该NR RAN节点为SN,建立DC,如此,在终端有NR V2X业务的需求时,LTE RAN节点可以为 终端选择的NR RAN节点来提供相应的服务。Take the first network device as an LTE RAN node and the second network device as an NR RAN node as an example. When an interface is established between the LTE RAN node and the NR RAN node, the LTE RAN node and the NR RAN node exchange V2X support information. When the LTE RAN node has V2X service requirements at the terminal, you can confirm whether the NR RAN node supports NR V2X service before selecting the SN. When it is supported, the LTE RAN node selects the NR RAN node as the SN and establishes a DC. When there is a demand for NR V2X services, the LTE RAN node can provide corresponding services for the NR RAN node selected by the terminal.
网络设备之间也可以不交互V2X支持信息,第一网络设备在终端有V2X业务需求时,向第二网络设备发送请求消息,由第二网络设备根据自身的支持情况决定是否增加V2X资源配置,并通过响应消息反馈给第一网络设备。The network devices may not exchange V2X support information. When the terminal has a V2X service requirement, the first network device sends a request message to the second network device, and the second network device decides whether to increase the V2X resource configuration according to its support situation. And feedback to the first network device through a response message.
在本申请的各个实施例中,各个信息或消息中的V2X可以替换为SL或V2X SL。例如,V2X能力信息又可以称为SL能力信息或V2X SL能力信息;V2X业务类型又可以称为SL业务类型或V2X SL业务类型;V2X QoS参数又可以称为SL QoS参数或V2X SL QoS参数;提供V2X服务的频率又可以称为提供SL服务的频率或提供V2X SL服务的频率。In each embodiment of the present application, V2X in each information or message may be replaced with SL or V2X SL. For example, V2X capability information can also be called SL capability information or V2X SL capability information; V2X service types can also be referred to as SL service types or V2X SL service types; V2X QoS parameters can also be referred to as SL QoS parameters or V2X SL QoS parameters; The frequency of providing V2X services can also be referred to as the frequency of providing SL services or the frequency of providing V2X SL services.
可选的,第一网络设备可以将其支持为终端配置更多小区的V2X资源的能力告知终端,如此可以帮助终端在选择小区驻留时,考虑V2X的影响,在支持V2X业务时,可以优先选择有这种功能的小区驻留。此时,请继续参考图4,以上方法还包括:Optionally, the first network device can inform the terminal of its ability to support the configuration of more cell V2X resources for the terminal. This can help the terminal to consider the impact of V2X when selecting a cell to camp on, and it can give priority to supporting V2X services. Select a cell with this function to camp on. At this time, please continue to refer to FIG. 4. The above method further includes:
S402:第一网络设备向终端发送通知信息,该通知信息用于指示第一网络设备支持为终端配置更多小区的V2X资源的能力。S402: The first network device sends notification information to the terminal, where the notification information is used to indicate the ability of the first network device to support the configuration of V2X resources of more cells for the terminal.
在第一网络设备和第二网络设备的RAT不同时,该通知信息用于指示第一网络设备支持为终端配置异制式小区的V2X资源的能力,即,指示第一网络设备支持为终端配置异制式V2X服务的能力。在LTE-NR联合组网的场景为例,该通知信息可以用于指示第一网络设备支持为终端提供NR V2X服务的能力。When the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different, the notification information is used to indicate the ability of the first network device to support the configuration of a V2X resource of a different-standard cell for the terminal, that is, the first network device is instructed to support the configuration of a different network for the terminal. Standard V2X service capabilities. In the scenario of LTE-NR joint networking, for example, the notification information may be used to indicate that the first network device supports the capability of providing NR V2X services to the terminal.
该通知信息可以通过广播消息发送给终端,或者可以通过空闲(idle)态转为连接态的消息2或消息4(MSG2或MSG4)发送给终端,其中,MSG2和MSG4分别是指随机接入过程中的随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)和RRC连接建立消息;也可以通过第三态转连接态的消息2或消息4(MSG2或MSG4)发送给终端,其中,MSG2和MSG4分别是指随机接入过程中的随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)和RRC连接恢复(RRC connection resume)消息。The notification information can be sent to the terminal through a broadcast message, or can be sent to the terminal through a message 2 or message 4 (MSG2 or MSG4) that changes from the idle state to the connected state, where MSG2 and MSG4 refer to the random access process, respectively. Random access response (RAR) and RRC connection establishment messages; or it can be sent to the terminal through the third state to the connected state message 2 or message 4 (MSG2 or MSG4), where MSG2 and MSG4 are Refers to random access response (RAR) and RRC connection recovery (RRC) messages in the random access process.
可选的,终端可以将终端是否支持V2X的能力信息上报给网络设备,该能力信息进一步的可以为终端对NR V2X的支持能力,该能力信息可以上报到RAN侧,也可以上报到核心网侧。该能力信息,例如可以为V2X业务类型。如此,网络设备可以在获知终端支持NR V2X或者支持DC下做V2X的情况下,为终端配置NR V2X测量,或者为终端配置V2X DC。Optionally, the terminal can report to the network device whether the terminal supports V2X capability information. The capability information can further be the terminal's ability to support NR V2X. The capability information can be reported to the RAN side or the core network side. . The capability information may be, for example, a V2X service type. In this way, the network device can configure NR V2X measurement for the terminal or V2XDC for the terminal when it knows that the terminal supports NR V2X or supports DC for V2X.
在现有技术中,网络设备在选择其它小区共同服务终端时,可以基于终端对其它小区的测量进行选择,例如在选择SN时,可以基于终端测量进行选择。目前,终端对小区的测量包括基于同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)的测量或基于信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information-reference signal,CSI-RS)的测量或基于小区参考信号CRS的测量。无论是基于SSB的测量还是基于CSI-RS的测量,都无法判断终端在其它小区是否能够获得较好的V2X服务。基于此,本申请实施例另提供一种V2X通信方法,网络设备为终端配置V2X测量,以获得终端对其它小区的V2X服务质量的测量结果,从而根据测量结果选择合适的小区为终端提供V2X服务,使得选择的小区可以满足终端对V2X业务的服务质量需求。本方法可以与以上实施例提供的方法进行结合,进一步提高终端在第二网络设备的V2X服务质量,从而提高V2X 的数据吞吐率。In the prior art, when a network device selects a common service terminal in another cell, the network device may select based on the measurement of the other cell by the terminal. For example, when selecting the SN, the network device may select based on the terminal measurement. At present, the measurement of a cell by a terminal includes measurement based on a synchronization signal block (SSB) or measurement based on a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) or measurement based on a cell reference signal CRS . Whether it is SSB-based measurement or CSI-RS-based measurement, it is impossible to determine whether the terminal can obtain better V2X services in other cells. Based on this, the embodiment of the present application further provides a V2X communication method. The network device configures V2X measurement for the terminal to obtain the measurement result of the V2X service quality of the terminal to other cells, so as to select a suitable cell to provide the terminal with V2X service according to the measurement result , So that the selected cell can meet the terminal's service quality requirements for V2X services. This method can be combined with the methods provided in the above embodiments to further improve the V2X service quality of the terminal on the second network device, thereby improving the V2X data throughput rate.
下面结合附图进行描述,请参考图9,其为本申请实施例提供的另一种V2X通信方法的示意图。如图9所示,该方法包括如下步骤:The following description is made with reference to the accompanying drawings. Please refer to FIG. 9, which is a schematic diagram of another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the method includes the following steps:
S910:第一网络设备向终端发送V2X测量配置信息,该V2X测量配置信息用于配置终端对其它网络设备的小区的V2X服务质量的测量。该V2X测量配置信息包括第二网络设备的小区标识、第二网络设备的小区的V2X资源信息、以及V2X测量事件。例如,第二网络设备具有第一小区,该V2X测量配置信息包括第一小区的标识,第一小区的V2X资源信息,所述V2X资源信息例如可以包括V2X发送资源池信息,用于标识V2X发送资源池的配置。S910: The first network device sends V2X measurement configuration information to the terminal, and the V2X measurement configuration information is used to configure the terminal to measure V2X service quality of a cell of another network device. The V2X measurement configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second network device, V2X resource information of a cell of the second network device, and a V2X measurement event. For example, the second network device has a first cell, and the V2X measurement configuration information includes an identifier of the first cell, and the V2X resource information of the first cell. The V2X resource information may include, for example, V2X transmission resource pool information for identifying V2X transmission. Configuration of the resource pool.
第一网络设备生成该V2X测量配置信息,并将该V2X测量配置信息发送给终端,终端接收该V2X测量配置信息,并执行以下操作:The first network device generates the V2X measurement configuration information and sends the V2X measurement configuration information to the terminal. The terminal receives the V2X measurement configuration information and performs the following operations:
S920:终端根据该V2X测量配置信息对V2X测量配置信息中的小区标识指示的小区进行测量,获得测量结果。S920: The terminal measures the cell indicated by the cell identifier in the V2X measurement configuration information according to the V2X measurement configuration information, and obtains a measurement result.
在测量过程中,终端根据小区标识确定待测量的小区,且根据V2X资源信息获知V2X资源位置,并对该V2X资源进行测量。当测量结果满足V2X测量事件的要求时,终端上报该测量结果,该测量结果例如为信道繁忙率(channel bussy ratio,CBR)。可选的,测量结果可以携带在测量报告中上报给网络设备。该测量报告还可以包括小区标识。可选的,测量报告中还可以包括测量事件标识,用于告知网络设备是满足了哪个测量事件触发的测量结果上报。可选的,测量报告中还可以包括V2X资源上报标识,每个上报标识可以有一个对应的测量结果。该V2X资源上报标识用于让网络设备知道该测量结果是具体哪个V2X资源池的测量结果。相应的,在网络设备下发给终端的V2X资源信息中,V2X资源会对应有一个V2X资源上报标识。During the measurement process, the terminal determines the cell to be measured according to the cell identifier, obtains the V2X resource location according to the V2X resource information, and measures the V2X resource. When the measurement result meets the requirements of the V2X measurement event, the terminal reports the measurement result, and the measurement result is, for example, a channel busy rate (CBR). Optionally, the measurement result may be carried in a measurement report and reported to the network device. The measurement report may further include a cell identity. Optionally, the measurement report may further include a measurement event identifier, which is used to inform the network device of which measurement event triggered measurement result is reported. Optionally, the measurement report may further include a V2X resource reporting identifier, and each reporting identifier may have a corresponding measurement result. The V2X resource reporting identifier is used to let the network device know which V2X resource pool the measurement result is. Correspondingly, in the V2X resource information delivered to the terminal by the network device, the V2X resource will correspond to a V2X resource reporting identifier.
S930:第一网络设备接收测量结果,即终端根据V2X测量配置信息进行测量并上报的测量结果。S930: The first network device receives the measurement result, that is, the measurement result that the terminal performs measurement and reports according to the V2X measurement configuration information.
第一网络设备可以为终端配置一个或多个邻区的V2X测量,即第二网络设备的小区可以为一个或多个,且V2X测量配置信息可以配置多个网络设备的小区的V2X测量,即V2X测量配置信息还可以包括其它网络设备的小区标识,及相应小区的V2X资源信息。如此,终端可以对多个小区进行V2X测量,并上报V2X测量结果,使得第一网络设备根据测量结果选择能够提供最优V2X服务的小区为终端配置V2X资源。The first network device can configure the terminal with one or more V2X measurements of the neighboring cell, that is, the cell of the second network device can be one or more, and the V2X measurement configuration information can configure the V2X measurement of the cell with multiple network devices, that is, The V2X measurement configuration information may also include cell identifiers of other network devices, and V2X resource information of the corresponding cells. In this way, the terminal can perform V2X measurement on multiple cells and report the V2X measurement results, so that the first network device selects a cell that can provide the optimal V2X service according to the measurement results and configures V2X resources for the terminal.
该方法与以上实施例结合,可以在以上实施例中,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送请求消息之前,第一网络设备根据测量结果选择合适的目标小区,并向目标小区所在的第二网络设备发送请求消息。目标小区为V2X服务质量满足要求的小区或V2X服务质量最优的小区,即测量结果满足要求或测量结果最优的小区。如此,终端可以从第二网络设备获得服务质量满足要求的V2X服务。可选的,第一网络设备可以不去选择目标小区,而是选择合适的第二网络设备,并且在请求消息中将测量结果带给第二网络设备,让第二网络设备选择合适的目标小区,并将所述合适的目标小区通过第一网络设备发送给终端。This method is combined with the above embodiment. In the above embodiment, before the first network device sends a request message to the second network device, the first network device selects a suitable target cell according to the measurement result, and sends the target cell to the second cell where the target cell is located. The network device sends a request message. The target cell is a cell where the V2X service quality meets the requirements or a cell with the best V2X service quality, that is, a cell whose measurement results meet the requirements or whose measurement results are optimal. In this way, the terminal can obtain a V2X service whose service quality meets the requirements from the second network device. Optionally, instead of selecting the target cell, the first network device may select a suitable second network device, and bring the measurement result to the second network device in the request message, so that the second network device selects a suitable target cell. And sending the appropriate target cell to the terminal through the first network device.
第一网络设备可以从网络管理设备,例如操作、管理和维护(operation,administration and maintenance,OAM)系统获取第二网络设备的小区的信息,例如小 区标识,小区的V2X资源信息,据此生成V2X测量配置信息。The first network device may obtain information about a cell of the second network device, such as a cell identifier and V2X resource information of the cell, from a network management device, such as an operation, administration, and maintenance (OAM) system, and generate V2X accordingly. Measure configuration information.
第一网络设备可以从第二网络设备获取小区的信息,例如小区标识,小区的V2X资源信息,据此生成V2X测量配置信息。此时,以上方法可以包括如下步骤:The first network device may obtain cell information, such as a cell identity and V2X resource information of the cell, from the second network device, and generate V2X measurement configuration information accordingly. At this time, the above method may include the following steps:
S901:第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送小区的信息,包括小区标识,小区的V2X资源信息。即,第一网络设备从第二网络设备获取小区的信息。S901: The second network device sends the cell information to the first network device, including a cell identifier and V2X resource information of the cell. That is, the first network device acquires the information of the cell from the second network device.
第一网络设备可以从第二网络设备获取其所有小区的信息,或者可以从第二网络设备获取其部分小区的信息。第一网络设备也可以将自身所有或部分小区的信息发送给第二网络设备,即网络设备之间交互各自小区的信息。该信息的交互可以在网络设备之间接口建立过程中实现,或者在配置更新过程或者资源状态更新过程中实现。其中,配置更新是现有的流程,网络设备发生配置更新时,会通过这个流程告诉对端网络设备;资源状态更新过程,可以理解为V2X引入的一个V2X资源状态更新流程,用来指示网络设备的V2X资源更新。The first network device may obtain information of all its cells from the second network device, or may obtain information of some of its cells from the second network device. The first network device may also send information about all or part of its own cell to the second network device, that is, the network devices exchange information about their respective cells. The interaction of this information can be implemented during the establishment of the interface between the network devices, or during the configuration update process or the resource status update process. Among them, the configuration update is an existing process. When a network device configuration update occurs, the peer network device will be notified through this process. The resource status update process can be understood as a V2X resource status update process introduced by V2X to indicate the network device. V2X resource update.
可选的,以上V2X测量配置信息还可以包括V2X资源上报标识,该V2X资源上报标识用于标识V2X资源,即所述终端上报测量结果时携带该V2X资源上报标识,用于标识上报的测量结果对应的V2X资源。该V2X资源又可以称为V2X资源池。Optionally, the above V2X measurement configuration information may further include a V2X resource reporting identifier. The V2X resource reporting identifier is used to identify the V2X resource, that is, the terminal carries the V2X resource reporting identifier when reporting the measurement result, and is used to identify the reported measurement result. Corresponding V2X resources. The V2X resource can also be called a V2X resource pool.
以上V2X测量事件例如可以为信道繁忙率(channel bussy ratio,CBR)大于门限值,或CBR小于门限值,或CBR大于或等于门限值,或CBR小于或等于门限值。具体如下:The above V2X measurement event may be, for example, that a channel busy rate (CBR) is greater than a threshold value, or that CBR is less than a threshold value, or that CBR is greater than or equal to a threshold value, or that CBR is less than or equal to a threshold value. details as follows:
一、为了触发SN增加,测量事件可以包括:1. In order to trigger the SN increase, the measurement event may include:
事件1.邻区V2X资源的CBR小于门限值或小于等于第一门限值;或, Event 1. The CBR of the neighboring cell V2X resources is less than the threshold or less than or equal to the first threshold; or,
事件2.第一网络设备服务小区的V2X资源的CBR大于或大于等于第二门限值,且邻区V2X资源的CBR小于或小于等于第三门限值。Event 2. The CBR of the V2X resources of the serving cell of the first network device is greater than or equal to the second threshold, and the CBR of the V2X resources of the neighboring cell is less than or equal to the third threshold.
二、为了触发SN更改,测量事件可以包括:2. In order to trigger the SN change, the measurement event may include:
事件3.第二网络设备服务小区的V2X资源的CBR大于或大于等于第四门限值,且邻区V2X资源的CBR小于或小于等于第五门限值。Event 3. The CBR of the V2X resources of the second network device serving cell is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold, and the CBR of the V2X resources of the neighboring cell is less than or equal to the fifth threshold.
三、为了触发SN释放To trigger SN release
事件4.第二网络设备服务小区的V2X资源的CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值。Event 4. The CBR of the V2X resources of the second network device serving cell is greater than or equal to a sixth threshold.
这里的门限值仅仅用于概述预设的CBR值,并不表明这些门限值相同,在不同设定情况下,是可以不同的。此外,第一至第六仅仅是为了方便区分不同条件下的门限值,并不代表这些门限值之间有顺序关系,也不代表这些门限值不同。每个测量事件中,都可以称为门限值,而不受具体的序号限制。CBR又可以称为V2X CBR,或SL CBR,或V2X SL CBR。The thresholds here are only used to summarize the preset CBR values, and do not indicate that these thresholds are the same, and may be different under different settings. In addition, the first to the sixth are only for the convenience of distinguishing the threshold values under different conditions, and do not indicate that there is an order relationship between the threshold values, or that the threshold values are different. In each measurement event, it can be called a threshold value without being limited by a specific serial number. CBR can also be called V2X CBR, or SL CBR, or V2X SL CBR.
此外,以上测量事件也可以用于其它目的,例如,V2X业务的迁移,该迁移可以以承载为粒度。例如在满足以上测量事件1或2时,可以将V2X业务迁移到第二网络设备,其中迁移的V2X业务可以为预设业务类型的V2X业务或者为预设QoS的V2X业务。再如,在满足以上测量事件4时,可以将V2X业务迁移回第一网络设备。再如,在满足以上测量事件3时,可以将V2X业务迁移至其它小区。In addition, the above measurement events can also be used for other purposes, such as the migration of V2X services, which can be carried with granularity of the bearer. For example, when the above measurement event 1 or 2 is satisfied, the V2X service may be migrated to the second network device, and the migrated V2X service may be a V2X service of a preset service type or a V2X service of a preset QoS. As another example, when the above measurement event 4 is satisfied, the V2X service may be migrated back to the first network device. As another example, when the above measurement event 3 is satisfied, the V2X service can be migrated to other cells.
可见,网络设备为终端配置测量事件,该测量事件可以用于不同的目的,且在不同的目的的情况下,门限值的取值可以不同。It can be seen that the network device configures a measurement event for the terminal. The measurement event can be used for different purposes, and the threshold value can be different under different conditions.
进一步的,服务小区和邻区可以为异制式小区,或者同制式小区。例如,在LTE和NR混合组网的场景下,服务小区和邻区为异制式小区,则V2X资源可以为不同制式的资源。以上小区标识只要可以标识小区即可,不限制其类型,例如可以为物理小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)或全球小区识别码(cell global identification,CGI)。Further, the serving cell and the neighboring cell may be cells of a different system or cells of the same system. For example, in the scenario of mixed LTE and NR networking, where the serving cell and neighboring cells are cells of different standards, the V2X resources can be resources of different standards. The above cell identification is not limited as long as it can identify the cell, and may be, for example, a physical cell identifier (PCI) or a global cell identifier (CGI).
以上小区的V2X资源可以为资源池,对该资源的信息的具体形式不做限制,只要可以指明资源所在位置即可。例如指示时域位置,或者频域位置,或者两者结合。在LTE通信系统中,例如可以是物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)或者子帧位置。在NR通信系统中,例如可以是时隙(slot)或者子帧或者帧或者PRB位置。The V2X resources of the above cells may be resource pools, and the specific form of the resource information is not limited as long as the location of the resources can be specified. For example, indicating a time domain position, or a frequency domain position, or a combination of the two. In the LTE communication system, it may be, for example, a physical resource block (PRB) or a subframe position. In the NR communication system, it may be, for example, a slot or a subframe or a frame or a PRB position.
假设满足测量事件要求的小区为第一小区,则以上测量报告可以包括第一小区的标识、V2X资源上报标识、测得的CBR。其中V2X资源上报标识用于标识第一小区的V2X资源,例如至少一个V2X资源池。Assuming that the cell meeting the measurement event requirements is the first cell, the above measurement report may include the identifier of the first cell, the V2X resource reporting identifier, and the measured CBR. The V2X resource reporting identifier is used to identify the V2X resource of the first cell, for example, at least one V2X resource pool.
以LTE-NR联合组网为例,LTE的网络设备可以配置NR小区的V2X测量。此时LTE的网络设备可以为终端配置NR测量,该NR V2X测量配置具体包括:NR小区的标识、NR小区的V2X资源信息、NR V2X测量事件等。终端按照LTE的网络设备配置的NR V2X测量配置进行NR V2X测量,在满足NR V2X测量事件时向LTE网络设备上报NR的测量结果。如此,可以实现LTE网络设备对NR V2X测量的配置,使得LTE网络设备可以获得NR V2X链路的情况,以为终端的V2X业务选择更好的NR辅站。Taking LTE-NR joint networking as an example, LTE network equipment can configure V2X measurement of NR cells. At this time, the LTE network device can configure NR measurement for the terminal. The NR V2X measurement configuration specifically includes: the identity of the NR cell, the V2X resource information of the NR cell, and the NR V2X measurement event. The terminal performs NR V2X measurement according to the NR V2X measurement configuration configured by the LTE network device, and reports the NR measurement result to the LTE network device when the NR V2X measurement event is satisfied. In this way, the configuration of NR V2X measurement by the LTE network device can be realized, so that the LTE network device can obtain the situation of the NR V2X link, and select a better NR secondary station for the V2X service of the terminal.
在以上实施例中,第一网络设备和第二网络设备都为终端配置了V2X资源。其中,In the above embodiment, both the first network device and the second network device are configured with V2X resources for the terminal. among them,
在当前网络设备为终端提供的V2X资源不足以满足终端的业务需求,或者说不足以满足吞吐率的要求时可以触发更多的网络设备为终端配置V2X资源。此外,当终端存在某种V2X业务需求,而该V2X业务当前网络设备无法支持时,可以触发其它可以支持该业务的网络设备为终端配置V2X资源。例如,当前网络设备为LTE网络设备,其不支持第一业务,但NR支持该第一业务,因此LTE网络设备可以请求NR网络设备为终端配置V2X资源。When the V2X resources provided by the current network device to the terminal are insufficient to meet the service requirements of the terminal, or to meet the requirements of the throughput rate, more network devices may be triggered to configure V2X resources for the terminal. In addition, when a terminal has a certain V2X service requirement and the current network equipment of the V2X service cannot support it, it can trigger other network equipment that can support the service to configure V2X resources for the terminal. For example, the current network device is an LTE network device, which does not support the first service, but the NR supports the first service, so the LTE network device may request the NR network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal.
在第一网络设备和第二网络设备都为终端配置了V2X资源后,终端可以获得第一网络设备的V2X资源和第二网络设备的V2X资源,此时,可以对业务传输使用哪个网络设备配置的V2X资源进行设计,以提高V2X通信的效率和吞吐率。例如,在完成了NR V2X配置之后,终端可以同时获得LTE V2X资源和NR V2X资源,设计哪些业务在LTE发,哪些业务在NR发,可以提高业务与RAT的匹配度,更加有利于通信质量的提高。After both the first network device and the second network device have configured V2X resources for the terminal, the terminal can obtain the V2X resources of the first network device and the V2X resources of the second network device. At this time, which network device configuration can be used for service transmission V2X resources are designed to improve the efficiency and throughput of V2X communications. For example, after the NR V2X configuration is completed, the terminal can obtain LTE V2X resources and NR V2X resources at the same time, and design which services are sent in LTE and which services are sent in NR, which can improve the matching between services and RATs, which is more conducive to communication quality. improve.
下面结合附图进行描述。The following is described with reference to the drawings.
请参考图10,其为本申请实施例提供的又一种V2X通信方法的示意图。如图10所示,该方法用于第一网络设备和第二网络设备共同为终端提供V2X服务的通信系统。也就是说,用于第一网络设备和第二网络设备都为终端配置了V2X资源的情况。该方法包括:Please refer to FIG. 10, which is a schematic diagram of another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10, the method is used in a communication system in which a first network device and a second network device jointly provide a V2X service to a terminal. That is, it is used when the first network device and the second network device are configured with V2X resources for the terminal. The method includes:
S1010:终端确定目标网络设备,其中目标网络设备为第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备;S1010: The terminal determines a target network device, where the target network device is a first network device and / or a second network device;
S1020:终端采用目标网络设备配置的V2X资源与其它终端进行V2X通信。S1020: The terminal uses the V2X resources configured by the target network device to perform V2X communication with other terminals.
第一网络设备为终端配置V2X资源的方式可以与现有的方式相同,例如通过RRC消息为终端配置V2X资源。第二网络设备为终端配置V2X资源的方式可以参见以上实施例。The manner in which the first network device configures the V2X resource for the terminal may be the same as the existing manner, for example, configuring the V2X resource for the terminal through an RRC message. For the manner in which the second network device configures V2X resources for the terminal, refer to the foregoing embodiments.
可选的,在第一网络设备添加了第二网络设备为SN时,且SN与终端之间直接用于RRC消息传输的承载已经建立的情况下,第二网络设备可以通过RRC消息为终端配置V2X资源,即直接将V2X资源配置信息发送给终端,而无需第一网络设备转发。Optionally, when the first network device is added with the second network device as the SN, and the bearer directly used for the RRC message transmission between the SN and the terminal has been established, the second network device may configure the terminal through the RRC message. V2X resources, that is, the V2X resource configuration information is directly sent to the terminal without the need of forwarding by the first network device.
在一种可选的实现方式中,第一网络设备和第二网络设备的RAT不同,可以预先设定好业务类型或者QoS参数与RAT的对应关系(或映射关系),当有业务数据到达时,终端依据该对应关系选择目标网络设备。In an optional implementation manner, the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different. The service type or the corresponding relationship (or mapping relationship) between the QoS parameter and the RAT can be set in advance. When service data arrives, , The terminal selects the target network device according to the corresponding relationship.
此时,终端预设有业务类型与RAT的对应关系或者QoS参数与RAT的对应关系,当数据到达时,根据数据的业务类型或者QoS参数,确定该业务类型或者QoS参数对应的目标RAT,将RAT为该目标RAT的网络设备确定为目标网络设备。例如当第一网络设备的RAT为目标RAT时,第一网络设备为目标网络设备,当第二网络设备的RAT为目标RAT时,第二网络设备为目标网络设备。At this time, the terminal presets the correspondence between the service type and the RAT or the correspondence between the QoS parameter and the RAT. When the data arrives, according to the service type or QoS parameter of the data, the target RAT corresponding to the service type or QoS parameter is determined, and The network device whose RAT is the target RAT is determined as the target network device. For example, when the RAT of the first network device is the target RAT, the first network device is the target network device, and when the RAT of the second network device is the target RAT, the second network device is the target network device.
或者,终端预设有业务类型与网络设备的对应关系或者QoS参数与网络设备的对应关系,其中第一网络设备和第二网络设备的RAT不同。当数据到达时,根据数据的业务类型或者QoS参数,确定该业务类型或者QoS参数对应的目标网络设备。例如第一网络设备为LTE网络设备,第二网络设备为NR网络设备;当数据的业务类型或者QoS参数对应第一网络设备时,第一网络设备为目标网络设备,当数据的业务类型或者QoS参数对应第二网络设备时,第二网络设备为目标网络设备。Alternatively, the terminal presets a correspondence between a service type and a network device or a correspondence between a QoS parameter and a network device, where the RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different. When data arrives, the target network device corresponding to the service type or QoS parameter is determined according to the service type or QoS parameter of the data. For example, the first network device is an LTE network device, and the second network device is an NR network device. When the data service type or QoS parameter corresponds to the first network device, the first network device is the target network device. When the data service type or QoS is When the parameter corresponds to the second network device, the second network device is the target network device.
在另一种可选的实现方式中,网络侧下发策略,使得终端根据该网络侧下发的策略决定采用哪个网络设备的V2X资源。该策略可以由网络设备生成并发送给终端,也可以由核心网的V2X功能实体生成并通过网络设备发送给终端,也可以由V2X的应用层生成并通过网络设备发送给终端,该V2X的应用层可以理解为V2X应用服务器。该策略可以通过RRC消息发送给终端或通过系统信息广播给终端,且可以针对服务的所有终端或小区内的所有终端广播相同的策略,或者针对终端,发送终端特定的策略。本申请实施例对该策略的发送方式不做限制。In another optional implementation manner, the network side issues a policy, so that the terminal decides which network device's V2X resources to use according to the policy issued by the network side. The policy can be generated by the network device and sent to the terminal, or it can be generated by the V2X functional entity of the core network and sent to the terminal through the network device, or it can be generated by the V2X application layer and sent to the terminal through the network device. The V2X application The tier can be understood as a V2X application server. This policy can be sent to the terminal through RRC messages or broadcasted to the terminal through system information, and the same policy can be broadcast for all terminals served or all terminals in the cell, or a terminal-specific policy can be sent for the terminal. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the sending manner of the policy.
可选的,该策略例如为业务类型与RAT的对应关系或者QoS参数与RAT的对应关系。终端从网络侧接收到该策略,根据该策略选择目标网络设备。此时,根据策略选择目标网络设备的方式同以上实施例。即当数据到达时,根据数据的业务类型或者根据数据的QoS参数,确定该业务类型或者QoS参数对应的目标RAT,将RAT为该目标RAT的网络设备确定为目标网络设备。或者,该策略例如为业务类型与网络设备的对应关系或QoS参数与网络设备的对应关系,第一网络设备和第二网络设备的RAT不同,例如第一网络设备为LTE网络设备,第二网络设备为NR网络设备。终端从网络侧接收到该策略,根据该策略选择目标网络设备。此时,根据策略选择目标网络设备的方式同以上实施例。即当数据到达时,根据数据的业务类型或者根据数据的QoS参数,确定该业务类型或者QoS参数对应的目标网络设备。Optionally, the policy is, for example, a correspondence between a service type and a RAT or a correspondence between a QoS parameter and a RAT. The terminal receives the policy from the network side and selects the target network device according to the policy. At this time, the manner of selecting the target network device according to the policy is the same as the above embodiment. That is, when the data arrives, the target RAT corresponding to the service type or QoS parameter is determined according to the service type of the data or the QoS parameter of the data, and the network device whose RAT is the target RAT is determined as the target network device. Alternatively, the policy is, for example, a correspondence between a service type and a network device or a QoS parameter with a network device. The RATs of the first network device and the second network device are different. For example, the first network device is an LTE network device and the second network The device is an NR network device. The terminal receives the policy from the network side and selects the target network device according to the policy. At this time, the manner of selecting the target network device according to the policy is the same as the above embodiment. That is, when data arrives, the target network device corresponding to the service type or QoS parameter is determined according to the service type of the data or the QoS parameter of the data.
数据的业务类型,即为数据所属的业务类型。The business type of the data is the business type to which the data belongs.
可选的,该策略可以为QoS参数的门限值。终端根据策略选择目标网络设备的方式可以进行灵活的设计。例如,当数据的QoS参数达到或超过门限值时,终端确定目标RAT或目标网络设备,其中当数据的QoS参数大于门限值时,目标RAT为第一网络设备的RAT或目标网络设备为第一网络设备;当数据的QoS参数小于门限值时,目标RAT为第二网络设备的RAT或目标网络设备为第二网络设备;当数据的QoS参数等于门限值时,目标RAT为第一或第二网络设备的RAT,或目标网络设备为第一网络设备或第二网络设备。再例如,当数据的QoS参数大于门限值时,目标RAT为第二网络设备的RAT或目标网络设备为第二网络设备;当数据的QoS参数小于门限值时,目标RAT为第一网络设备的RAT或目标网络设备为第一网络设备;当数据的QoS参数等于门限值时,目标RAT为第一或第二网络设备的RAT,或目标网络设备为第一网络设备或第二网络设备。该QoS参数例如为PPPP、PPPR、QFI、5QI、或优先级等级。Optionally, the policy may be a threshold value of a QoS parameter. The way the terminal selects the target network device according to the policy can be flexibly designed. For example, when the QoS parameter of the data reaches or exceeds the threshold, the terminal determines the target RAT or the target network device, and when the QoS parameter of the data is greater than the threshold, the RAT of the target RAT or the target network device is The first network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is less than the threshold value, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device or the target network device is the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is equal to the threshold value, the target RAT is the first The RAT of the one or second network device, or the target network device is the first network device or the second network device. For another example, when the QoS parameter of the data is greater than the threshold, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device or the target network device is the second network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is less than the threshold, the target RAT is the first network The RAT or target network device of the device is the first network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is equal to the threshold value, the target RAT is the RAT of the first or second network device, or the target network device is the first network device or the second network device. The QoS parameter is, for example, PPPP, PPPR, QFI, 5QI, or a priority level.
以第一网络设备的RAT为LTE,第二网络设备的RAT为NR为例。假设QoS参数为PPPP,当PPPP大于门限值时,业务采用LTE V2X资源发送;当PPPP小于门限值时,业务采用NR V2X资源发送;当PPPP等于门限值时,业务采用LTE V2X资源或NR V2X资源发送。或者,当PPPP大于门限值时,业务采用NR V2X资源发送;当PPPP小于门限值时,业务采用LTE V2X资源发送;当PPPP等于门限值时,业务采用LTE V2X资源或NR V2X资源发送。其它参数与之类似,例如PPPR。Take the RAT of the first network device as LTE and the RAT of the second network device as an example. Assuming the QoS parameter is PPPP, when PPPP is greater than the threshold, the service is sent using LTE V2X resources; when PPPP is less than the threshold, the service is sent using NR V2X resources; when PPPP is equal to the threshold, the service is sent using LTE V2X resources or NR V2X resource transmission. Alternatively, when PPPP is greater than the threshold, the service is sent using NR V2X resources; when PPPP is less than the threshold, the service is sent using LTE V2X resources; when PPPP is equal to the threshold, the service is sent using LTE V2X resources or NR V2X resources . Other parameters are similar, such as PPPR.
可选的,策略例如包括QoS参数预设值或预设范围,则终端根据数据的QoS参数,确定该数据的目标RAT或目标网络设备。该预设值或预设范围可以与RAT的数量相同。例如,可以设定两个预设值或预设范围,即第一预设值(或第一预设范围)和第二预设值(或第二预设范围)。当数据的QoS参数为第一预设值或在第一预设范围内时,目标RAT为第一网络设备的RAT或第二网络设备的RAT,或目标网络设备为第一网络设备或第二网络设备;当数据的QoS参数为第二预设值或在第二预设范围内时,目标RAT为第二网络设备的RAT或第一网络设备的RAT,或目标网络设备为第二网络设备或第一网络设备。该预设值或预设范围可以与RAT的数量不同。例如,设定一个预设值或预设范围。当数据的QoS参数为该预设值或在该预设范围内时,目标RAT为第一网络设备的RAT或第二网络设备的RAT,或目标网络设备为第一网络设备或第二网络设备;当数据的QoS参数不是该预设值或不在该预设范围内时,目标RAT为第二网络设备的RAT或第一网络设备的RAT,或目标网络设备为第二网络设备或第一网络设备。Optionally, the policy includes, for example, a preset value or a preset range of the QoS parameter, and the terminal determines a target RAT or a target network device of the data according to the QoS parameter of the data. The preset value or preset range may be the same as the number of RATs. For example, two preset values or preset ranges may be set, that is, a first preset value (or a first preset range) and a second preset value (or a second preset range). When the QoS parameter of the data is the first preset value or is within the first preset range, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device or the RAT of the second network device, or the target network device is the first network device or the second Network device; when the QoS parameter of the data is the second preset value or within the second preset range, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device or the RAT of the first network device, or the target network device is the second network device Or the first network device. The preset value or preset range may be different from the number of RATs. For example, setting a preset value or preset range. When the QoS parameter of the data is the preset value or is within the preset range, the target RAT is the RAT of the first network device or the RAT of the second network device, or the target network device is the first network device or the second network device ; When the QoS parameter of the data is not the preset value or is not within the preset range, the target RAT is the RAT of the second network device or the RAT of the first network device, or the target network device is the second network device or the first network device.
以RAT包括LTE和NR为例,可以通过一个预设值或预设范围指明PPPP/PPPR为多少的业务采用LTE V2X资源或NR V2X资源。也可以通过两个预设值或预设范围指明PPPP/PPPR在什么范围的业务采用LTE V2X资源或NR V2X资源。Taking RAT including LTE and NR as examples, a preset value or a preset range can be used to indicate how much PPPP / PPPR services use LTE V2X resources or NR V2X resources. It is also possible to indicate the range of PPPP / PPPR services using LTE V2X resources or NR V2X resources through two preset values or preset ranges.
可选的,以上策略可以在第一网络设备和第二网络设备之间交互后生成,并进一步配置给终端。例如,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送业务类型或QoS参数,用于请求第二网络设备支持的V2X业务类型或QoS。第一网络设备发送给第二网络设备的业务类型或QoS参数可以是一种(或一个),也可以是多种(或多个),第二网络设备可以全部接受,也可以仅接受部分。第二网络设备将接受的业务类型或QoS参数通 知给第一网络设备,第一网络设备根据第二网络设备接受的业务类型或QoS参数生成策略。例如,将第二网络设备确定为目标网络设备的业务类型,QoS参数的门限值,或QoS参数预设值或预设范围,是根据第二网络设备接收的业务类型或QoS参数生成的。Optionally, the above policy may be generated after interaction between the first network device and the second network device, and further configured to the terminal. For example, the first network device sends a service type or QoS parameter to the second network device for requesting a V2X service type or QoS supported by the second network device. The service type or QoS parameter sent by the first network device to the second network device may be one (or one) or multiple (or multiple), and the second network device may accept all or only a part of it. The second network device notifies the first network device of the accepted service type or QoS parameter, and the first network device generates a policy according to the type of service or QoS parameter accepted by the second network device. For example, determining the second network device as the service type of the target network device, the threshold value of the QoS parameter, or the preset value or preset range of the QoS parameter is generated according to the service type or QoS parameter received by the second network device.
可选的,以上策略可以在满足预定条件下激活,在不满足预定条件下,将业务回退到第一网络设备。例如,网络设备(例如第一网络设备)为终端配置CBR门限值,该CBR门限值可以包括第一网络设备的小区的第一CBR门限值和第二网络设备的小区的第二CBR门限值。当终端测量的CBR结果满足门限值时,例如第一网络设备的小区的CBR大于或大于等于第一CBR门限值,第二网络设备的小区的CBR小于或小于等于第二CBR门限值,使能以上策略,否则,将业务回退到第一网络设备。Optionally, the above policy may be activated when a predetermined condition is met, and if the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the service is rolled back to the first network device. For example, a network device (for example, a first network device) configures a CBR threshold value for a terminal, and the CBR threshold value may include a first CBR threshold value of a cell of a first network device and a second CBR of a cell of a second network device. Threshold. When the CBR result measured by the terminal meets the threshold, for example, the CBR of the cell of the first network device is greater than or equal to the first CBR threshold, and the CBR of the cell of the second network device is less than or equal to the second CBR threshold , Enable the above strategy, otherwise, return the service to the first network device.
当有数据到达时,终端可以采用以上任一种方式选择目标网络设备,进而从目标网络设备获得V2X资源,以与其它终端进行V2X通信过程。终端可以有多种方式获得V2X资源。一种方式称为模式3(mode3),一种方式称为模式4(mode4)。在模式3中,终端有数据待与其它终端进行V2X通信时,向目标网络设备请求V2X资源,例如,发送调度请求(scheduling request,SR)和/或缓冲区状态报告(buffer status report,BSR),以向目标网络设备请求V2X资源授权。在模式4中,网络设备为终端配置的资源池根据区域(zone)划分,终端根据自己所在的位置,在目标网络设备配置的资源池中选择V2X资源用于与其它终端进行V2X通信。When data arrives, the terminal can use any of the above methods to select the target network device, and then obtain V2X resources from the target network device to perform V2X communication with other terminals. The terminal can obtain V2X resources in multiple ways. One way is called mode 3 and one way is called mode 4. In mode 3, when the terminal has data to perform V2X communication with other terminals, it requests V2X resources from the target network device, for example, sends a scheduling request (SR) and / or a buffer status report (BSR). To request V2X resource authorization from the target network device. In mode 4, the resource pool configured by the network device for the terminal is divided according to the zone, and the terminal selects V2X resources in the resource pool configured by the target network device for V2X communication with other terminals according to its location.
以上确定目标网络设备的方式可以理解为半静态的方式,以下介绍一种动态确定目标网络设备的方式。在该方式中,由第一网络设备决策目标网络设备,并通知终端。The above method for determining the target network device can be understood as a semi-static method. The following describes a method for dynamically determining the target network device. In this mode, the first network device decides the target network device and notifies the terminal.
请参考图11,其为本申请实施例提供的又一种V2X通信方法的示意图。如图11所示,该方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 11, which is a schematic diagram of another V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11, the method includes the following steps:
S1110:终端向第一网络设备发送第一请求,用于请求V2X资源授权。S1110: The terminal sends a first request to the first network device for requesting V2X resource authorization.
该V2X资源授权可以为动态的资源,也可以为预配置的资源,例如预配置的授权类型1(configured grant type 1)或预配置的授权类型2(configured grant type 2),也可以称为半静态调度(semi-persistent scheduling,SPS)资源。其中,预配置的授权类型1中,通过RRC信令指示预配置的上行授权资源,例如,指示授权资源的位置、大小和周期。预配置的授权类型2中,通过RRC信令配置授权资源的周期,通过下行控制信息(DCI)指示授权资源的位置和大小,并激活该授权资源。The V2X resource authorization can be a dynamic resource or a pre-configured resource, such as a pre-configured grant type 1 (configured grant type 1) or a pre-configured grant type 2 (configured grant type 2), which can also be referred to as semi-authorized Static scheduling (semi-persistent scheduling) (SPS) resources. Among them, in the pre-configured authorization type 1, the pre-configured uplink authorized resources are indicated through RRC signaling, for example, the location, size, and period of the authorized resources are indicated. In the pre-configured grant type 2, the period of the authorized resource is configured through RRC signaling, the position and size of the authorized resource are indicated by downlink control information (DCI), and the authorized resource is activated.
第一请求可以是SR/BSR,也可以是用于请求预配置的资源的终端辅助信息(UE assistance information)。The first request may be an SR / BSR, or may be terminal assistance information (UE information) for requesting a pre-configured resource.
第一网络设备接收该第一请求,可以实时的决策相应的数据或业务使用第一网络设备的V2X资源进行传输还是选择第二网络设备的V2X进行传输,或者同时采用第一网络设备的V2X资源和第二网络设备的V2X资源进行传输,即决策目标网络设备是第一网络设备还是第二网络设备,或者第一网络设备和第二网络设备。此时,第一网络设备执行以下操作:After receiving the first request, the first network device can decide in real time whether the corresponding data or service is transmitted using the V2X resource of the first network device or the V2X resource of the second network device is selected for transmission, or the V2X resource of the first network device is used at the same time And transmitting the V2X resources of the second network device, that is, determining whether the target network device is the first network device or the second network device, or the first network device and the second network device. At this time, the first network device performs the following operations:
S1120:第一网络设备确定目标网络设备,目标网络设备为第一网络设备或第二网络设备,或者目标网络设备为第一网络设备和第二网络设备。S1120: The first network device determines a target network device, and the target network device is the first network device or the second network device, or the target network device is the first network device and the second network device.
例如,第一网络设备是LTE网络设备,第二网络设备是NR网络设备。第一网络 设备收到第一请求之后,可以决策该第一请求对应的数据在LTE V2X进行传输,还是在NR V2X进行传输,或者同时在LTE V2X和NR V2X进行传输。也就是说,决策第一请求对应的数据的V2X资源授权为LTE V2X资源授权还是NR V2X资源授权,或者LTE V2X资源授权和NR V2X资源授权同时使用。当第一网络设备决策采用第一网络设备的V2X资源授权时,即目标网络设备包括第一网络设备时,第一网络设备向终端发送V2X资源授权。当第一网络设备决策采用第二网络设备的V2X资源授权时,即目标网络设备包括第二网络设备时,执行以下操作:For example, the first network device is an LTE network device and the second network device is an NR network device. After the first network device receives the first request, it can decide whether the data corresponding to the first request is transmitted in LTE V2X, NR V2X, or both LTE V2X and NR V2X. In other words, it is determined whether the V2X resource grant of the data corresponding to the first request is an LTE V2X resource grant or an NR V2X resource grant, or the LTE V2X resource grant and the NR V2X resource grant are used at the same time. When the first network device decides to adopt the V2X resource authorization of the first network device, that is, when the target network device includes the first network device, the first network device sends the V2X resource authorization to the terminal. When the first network device decides to use the V2X resource authorization of the second network device, that is, when the target network device includes the second network device, the following operations are performed:
S1130:第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第二请求,用于请求第二网络设备为终端进行V2X资源授权,即实时分配V2X资源。S1130: The first network device sends a second request to the second network device, which is used to request the second network device to authorize V2X resources for the terminal, that is, to allocate V2X resources in real time.
该V2X资源授权与以上实施例中的V2X资源配置是不同的,该V2X资源授权是实时用于终端进行V2X数据传输的,而以上V2X资源配置是一种静态配置,配置的资源用于终端后续使用,终端后续使用时可以进一步向网络设备请求实时的资源,也可以根据所在区域实时选择资源。The V2X resource authorization is different from the V2X resource configuration in the above embodiment. The V2X resource authorization is used in real time for the terminal to perform V2X data transmission, and the above V2X resource configuration is a static configuration. In use, the terminal can further request real-time resources from the network device during subsequent use, and can also select resources in real time according to the area in which it is located.
第一网络设备可以直接将终端的第一请求作为第二请求发送给第二网络设备,也可以根据第一请求重新生成第二请求发送给第二网络设备。第二网络设备可以根据第二请求为终端生成V2X资源授权,并将V2X资源授权发送给第一网络设备(步骤S1131)。所述V2X资源授权是基于第二请求实时分配的。例如,在S1110中第一请求是SR或者BSR,则此时第二网络设备分配的是实时调度资源,在S1110中请求的是预配置的资源,则第二网络设备依据终端辅助信息中的业务模型,为UE生成V2X预配置的资源授权。可选的,如果已经采用了以上实施例中的方法为终端配置了的V2X资源,则此时可以用于动态指定以上配置的V2X资源中的资源用于V2X通信。或者,可以省略该资源授权的过程,由第一网络设备直接执行步骤S1140。The first network device may directly send the first request of the terminal as the second request to the second network device, or may regenerate the second request and send the second request to the second network device according to the first request. The second network device may generate a V2X resource authorization for the terminal according to the second request, and send the V2X resource authorization to the first network device (step S1131). The V2X resource authorization is allocated in real time based on the second request. For example, if the first request is SSR or BSR in S1110, then the second network device allocates real-time scheduling resources, and in S1110 requests pre-configured resources, the second network device is based on the service in the terminal auxiliary information. Model to generate V2X pre-configured resource grants for the UE. Optionally, if the V2X resources configured for the terminal by using the method in the foregoing embodiment have been adopted, then the resources in the V2X resources configured above may be dynamically specified for V2X communication. Alternatively, the resource authorization process may be omitted, and the first network device directly performs step S1140.
S1140:第一网络设备向终端发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示目标网络设备。例如,当第一网络设备选择第二网络设备为目标网络设备时,该指示信息为第二网络设备为终端授予的V2X资源授权。S1140: The first network device sends instruction information to the terminal, where the instruction information is used to indicate a target network device. For example, when the first network device selects the second network device as the target network device, the indication information is a V2X resource authorization granted by the second network device to the terminal.
以第一网络设备为LTE网络设备,第二网络设备为NR网络设备,终端请求的资源为预配置的资源为例,则以上方法包括:Taking the first network device as an LTE network device, the second network device as an NR network device, and the resource requested by the terminal as a pre-configured resource as an example, the above method includes:
在步骤S1110中,终端向LTE网络设备发送第一请求,即终端辅助信息,用于请求预配置的资源。In step S1110, the terminal sends a first request, that is, terminal auxiliary information, to the LTE network device to request a pre-configured resource.
在步骤S1120中,LTE网络设备决策该第一请求对应的数据由NR V2X进行传输,即采用NR V2X资源。则在步骤S1130中,LTE网络设备向NR网络设备请求为终端进行V2X资源授权,例如将终端上报的业务图形(traffic pattern)信息转发给NR网络设备,请求NR网络设备为终端生成预配置的V2X资源授权。NR网络设备收到LTE网络设备的第二请求之后,生成预配置的V2X资源授权,并将其发送给LTE网络设备,LTE网络设备在步骤S1140中将NR网络设备生成的预配置的V2X资源授权发送给终端。业务图形对应周期性出现的业务,通过该信息的发送,可以请求第二网络设备分配预配置的资源,节省动态调度的信令。In step S1120, the LTE network device decides that the data corresponding to the first request is transmitted by NR V2X, that is, NR V2X resources are used. In step S1130, the LTE network device requests the NR network device to perform V2X resource authorization for the terminal, for example, forwards traffic pattern information reported by the terminal to the NR network device, and requests the NR network device to generate a pre-configured V2X for the terminal Resource authorization. After the NR network device receives the second request from the LTE network device, it generates a pre-configured V2X resource authorization and sends it to the LTE network device. The LTE network device authorizes the pre-configured V2X resource authorization generated by the NR network device in step S1140. Send to the terminal. The service graphics correspond to services that appear periodically. By sending this information, the second network device can be requested to allocate pre-configured resources to save dynamic scheduling signaling.
在确定终端当前的业务在第二网络设备(例如NR网络设备)配置的V2X上传输, 即采用第二网络设备配置的V2X资源传输时,后续针对该业务的信息,终端都可以直接与第二网络设备通信。此时,可以在终端和第二网络设备之间直接传输信令,用于传输V2X相关信息。例如终端针对特定V2X业务直接向第二网络设备发送终端辅助信息、边链路终端信息(sidelink UE information)等。如果终端无法和第二网络设备之间直接传输信令,则终端与第二网络设备之间传输的信息通过第一网络设备转给第二网络设备,例如通过上行信息转移(UL information transfer,multiple RAT DC,MRDC)消息传递给第一网络设备,由第一网络设备通过接口上的RRC转移(RRC transfer)消息转发给第二网络设备。上述终端和第二网络设备之间直接传输信令也可以重用现有标准支持的SRB3,所述SRB3为用于终端和辅节点之间直接通信的信令无线承载(signaling radio bearer,SRB)。When it is determined that the terminal's current service is transmitted on the V2X configured by the second network device (for example, the NR network device), that is, the V2X resource configured by the second network device is used for transmission, the terminal can directly communicate with the second Network device communication. At this time, signaling can be directly transmitted between the terminal and the second network device for transmitting V2X related information. For example, the terminal directly sends terminal auxiliary information, sidelink UE information, and the like to the second network device for a specific V2X service. If the terminal cannot directly transmit signaling to the second network device, the information transmitted between the terminal and the second network device is transferred to the second network device through the first network device, for example, through uplink information transfer (UL information transfer, multiple (RAT, DC, MRDC) message is delivered to the first network device, and the first network device forwards the message to the second network device through an RRC transfer message on the interface. The direct transmission signaling between the terminal and the second network device may also reuse SRB3 supported by the existing standard, and the SRB3 is a signaling radio bearer (SRB) for direct communication between the terminal and the secondary node.
也就是说,当终端确定目标网络设备包括第二网络设备时,终端可以直接与第二网络设备进行V2X业务相关的信令传输。That is, when the terminal determines that the target network device includes a second network device, the terminal may directly perform V2X service related signaling transmission with the second network device.
在现有的通信系统中,为了支持V2X业务,在核心网侧引入了一个V2X控制功能(V2X control function)实体,该V2X控制功能实体可以位于核心网的网元中,也可以作为独立的网元存在。请参考图12,其为本申请实施例提供的一种网络架构示意图。In the existing communication system, in order to support V2X services, a V2X control function entity is introduced on the core network side. The V2X control function entity can be located in the core network element, or it can be used as an independent network. Meta exists. Please refer to FIG. 12, which is a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application.
如图12所示,V2X控制功能实体与终端之间的接口为V3接口,V2X功能实体与终端之间的通信将经过RAN节点,具体通过RAN节点的用户面实现。As shown in FIG. 12, the interface between the V2X control function entity and the terminal is a V3 interface, and the communication between the V2X function entity and the terminal will pass through the RAN node, and is specifically implemented through the user plane of the RAN node.
考虑到可能会存在只支持一种RAT技术的终端,例如只支持NR V2X而不支持LTE V2X的终端,为了实现一个完整的NR V2X系统,要将V3接口建立到NR网络设备上。目前,V3接口在RAN侧承载于用户面,即此时,终端和V2X控制功能实体之间的信令是通过数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DRB)承载的,因此可以理解为NR网络设备与核心网之间存在用户面接口,因此将该DRB从LTE网络设备转移到NR网络设备是可行的。基于此,本申请实施例提供另一种通信方法,由核心网向网络设备指示哪个DRB是V3接口对应的DRB,从而使得网络设备根据需要转移DRB到所需的设备上。这里以LTE网络设备将V3接口对应的DRB转移到NR网络设备为例进行描述,本领域技术人员可以据此将其应用于从NR网络设备转移到LTE网络设备,或其它任意两种RAT技术的网络设备之间的转移。Considering that there may be terminals that support only one RAT technology, such as terminals that only support NR V2X but not LTE, in order to implement a complete NR V2X system, the V3 interface must be established on the NR network equipment. At present, the V3 interface is carried on the user plane on the RAN side, that is, at this time, the signaling between the terminal and the V2X control function entity is carried through the data radio bearer (DRB), so it can be understood as the NR network equipment and There is a user plane interface between the core networks, so it is feasible to transfer the DRB from the LTE network equipment to the NR network equipment. Based on this, the embodiment of the present application provides another communication method, in which the core network indicates to the network device which DRB is the DRB corresponding to the V3 interface, so that the network device transfers the DRB to the required device as needed. Here, an LTE network device is used as an example for transferring a DRB corresponding to a V3 interface to an NR network device. Those skilled in the art can apply it to NR network devices to LTE network devices, or any other two RAT technologies. Transfer between network devices.
请参考图13,其为本申请实施例提供一种V2X通信方法的示意图。如图13所示,该方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 13, which is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, the method includes the following steps:
S1310:核心网设备向第一网络设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示用于V3接口的承载。S1310: The core network device sends instruction information to the first network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate a bearer used for the V3 interface.
第一网络设备接收该指示信息,并执行以下操作:The first network device receives the instruction information and performs the following operations:
S1320:第一网络设备根据该指示信息,确定用于V3接口的承载,并确定将该承载建立到第一网络设备或第二网络设备。S1320: The first network device determines a bearer for the V3 interface according to the instruction information, and determines to establish the bearer to the first network device or the second network device.
例如,当终端支持LTE V2X时,可以将该承载建立在支持LTE V2X的第一网络设备,当终端仅支持NR V2X时,可以将该承载建立在支持NR V2X的第二网络设备。For example, when the terminal supports LTE V2X, the bearer can be established on the first network device supporting LTE V2X, and when the terminal supports only NR V2X, the bearer can be established on the second network device supporting NR V2X.
当确定将承载建立到第二网络设备时,第一网络设备还执行以下操作:When it is determined to establish a bearer to the second network device, the first network device further performs the following operations:
S1330:向第二网络设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求将所述用于V3接 口的承载建立到第二网络设备。S1330: Send a request message to the second network device, where the request message is used to request that the bearer for the V3 interface be established to the second network device.
第二网络设备接收该请求消息,并执行以下操作:The second network device receives the request message and performs the following operations:
S1340:第二网络设备根据该请求消息建立用于V3接口的承载。S1340: The second network device establishes a bearer for the V3 interface according to the request message.
S1350:第二网络设备利用所述承载与终端进行通信,即该承载用于NR接入网与终端之间的空口(NR-Uu)通信。S1350: The second network device uses the bearer to communicate with the terminal, that is, the bearer is used for air interface (NR-Uu) communication between the NR access network and the terminal.
可选的,以上方法还可以包括:Optionally, the above method may further include:
S1360:第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送请求消息的响应消息。S1360: The second network device sends a response message to the request message to the first network device.
可选的,该响应消息携带承载标识,用于标识第二网络设备建立的用于V3接口的承载。Optionally, the response message carries a bearer identifier for identifying a bearer established for the V3 interface by the second network device.
可选的,以上请求消息中可以携带第一网络设备请求第二网络设备建立的承载标识,第二网络设备在响应消息中携带指示信元,该指示信元用于指示第一网络设备请求建立的承载建立成功或失败。或者第二网络设备在响应消息中携带承载标识,用于标识第二网络设备建立的用于V3接口的承载。Optionally, the above request message may carry a bearer identifier that the first network device requests the second network device to establish, and the second network device carries an indication cell in the response message, and the indication cell is used to instruct the first network device to request establishment The bearer establishment succeeded or failed. Or the second network device carries a bearer identifier in the response message, which is used to identify the bearer established for the V3 interface by the second network device.
可选的,第二网络设备可以响应消息中携带该用于V3接口的承载的配置信息,第一网络设备接收响应消息之后,可以将配置信息发送给终端(S1370),以便终端根据该配置信息,与第二网络设备进行通信。或者,第二网络设备可以直接将用于V3接口的承载的配置信息发送给终端,以便终端根据该配置信息,与第二网络设备进行通信。Optionally, the second network device may carry the configuration information of the bearer for the V3 interface in the response message. After receiving the response message, the first network device may send the configuration information to the terminal (S1370), so that the terminal can perform the configuration according to the configuration information. To communicate with the second network device. Alternatively, the second network device may directly send the configuration information for the bearer of the V3 interface to the terminal, so that the terminal can communicate with the second network device according to the configuration information.
可选的,核心网设备可以在承载建立过程中,在向第一网络设备发送的承载建立请求消息中携带该指示信息。该指示信息用于指示该待建立的承载对应V2X,即该承载用于V3接口。该承载建立请求消息中还可以包括承载标识(ID)和对应的QoS。Optionally, during the bearer establishment process, the core network device may carry the indication information in a bearer establishment request message sent to the first network device. The indication information is used to indicate that the bearer to be established corresponds to V2X, that is, the bearer is used for a V3 interface. The bearer establishment request message may further include a bearer identification (ID) and corresponding QoS.
在终端不支持第一网络设备的RAT的V2X通信,而支持第二网络设备的RAT的V2X通信时,第一网络设备可以将该用于V3接口的承载建立到第二网络设备上。When the terminal does not support V2X communication of the RAT of the first network device and supports V2X communication of the RAT of the second network device, the first network device may establish the bearer for the V3 interface to the second network device.
第一网络设备可以在与第二网络设备交互的过程中,将承载标识发送给第二网络设备,该承载标识指示该承载为V3接口对应的承载。例如,在DC场景下,可以利用SN添加或修改(如图7或图8所示)过程,MN将承载标识携带于请求消息中发送给SN,该承载标识用于指示该承载为V3接口对应的承载,则SN可以根据该承载标识建立用于V3接口的承载。该承载可以用于NR接入网与终端之间的空口(NR-Uu)通信。进一步的,可以在NR接入网和LTE接入网,即演进型通用陆地无线接入网(evolved universal terrestrial radio access network,E-UTRAN)之间建立X2通道,用于V2X业务或数据传输。且终端之间可以通过NR PC5接口传输V2X业务或数据。在本实施例中,核心网以LTE核心网为例,包括移动性管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)和服务网关(serving gateway,S-GW)/分组数据网络网关(packet data network gateway,PDN gateway,P-GW)。该核心网也可以为NR核心网,本申请不做限制。The first network device may send a bearer identifier to the second network device during the interaction with the second network device, where the bearer identifier indicates that the bearer is a bearer corresponding to the V3 interface. For example, in the DC scenario, the SN can be added or modified (as shown in Figure 7 or Figure 8). The MN carries the bearer ID in the request message and sends it to the SN. The bearer ID is used to indicate that the bearer corresponds to the V3 interface. , The SN may establish a bearer for the V3 interface according to the bearer identifier. This bearer can be used for air interface (NR-Uu) communication between the NR access network and the terminal. Further, an X2 channel can be established between the NR access network and the LTE access network, that is, an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN), for V2X services or data transmission. And terminals can transmit V2X services or data through the NR PC5 interface. In this embodiment, the core network uses the LTE core network as an example, including a mobility management entity (MME) and a serving gateway (S-GW) / packet data network gateway (PDN). gateway, P-GW). The core network may also be an NR core network, which is not limited in this application.
类似的,请参考图14,其为本申请实施例提供的另一种网络架构示意图。可以考虑NR网络设备支持V2X的多媒体广播多播业务(multimedia broadcast multicast service,MBMS)功能。同样由于仅涉及用户面,因此,可以在第一网络设备和第二网络设备之间建立连接转发MBMS消息。例如,第一网络设备从核心网设备接收到MBMS建立请求消息,则第一网络设备与第二网络设备建立连接,指示第二网络设备进行MBMS 广播。或者,第二网络设备直接与MBMS网关(gateway,GW)建立连接,从MBMS接收MBMS指示,以进行MBMS广播。此时,第一网络设备从核心网设备接收到MBMS建立请求之后,向第二网络设备请求用于解释MBMS GW信息的信元(例如,GTP TEID),并将该信元发送给核心网设备,从而使得核心网设备告知MBMS GW直接向第二网络设备发送MBMS指示。其中,GTP为GPRS隧道协议(GPRS tunneling protocol),TEID为隧道端点标识(tunnel endpoint identifier),GPRS为通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service)。即,为了在SN上也做MBMS,MN可以在与MBMS GW间建立隧道的时候直接将该隧道建到辅站上去。可选的,可以在MN和SN之间建一个隧道专门用于传MBMS消息。Similarly, please refer to FIG. 14, which is a schematic diagram of another network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be considered that NR network equipment supports V2X multimedia broadcast multicast service (multimedia broadcast multicast service, MBMS) function. Also because only the user plane is involved, a connection can be established between the first network device and the second network device to forward the MBMS message. For example, when a first network device receives an MBMS establishment request message from a core network device, the first network device establishes a connection with the second network device, and instructs the second network device to perform MBMS broadcast. Alternatively, the second network device directly establishes a connection with an MBMS gateway (gateway, GW), receives an MBMS instruction from the MBMS, and performs MBMS broadcasting. At this time, after the first network device receives the MBMS establishment request from the core network device, it requests the second network device for an information element (for example, GTP TEID) for interpreting the MBMS GW information, and sends the information element to the core network device. , So that the core network device informs the MBMS that the GW sends the MBMS instruction directly to the second network device. Among them, GTP is a GPRS tunneling protocol (GPRS tunneling protocol), TEID is a tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier), and GPRS is a general packet radio service (general packet radio service). That is, in order to do MBMS on the SN, the MN can directly build the tunnel to the secondary station when establishing a tunnel with the MBMS and GW. Optionally, a tunnel may be established between the MN and the SN specifically for transmitting MBMS messages.
本申请实施例还提供用于实现以上任一种方法的装置,例如,提供一种装置包括用以实现以上任一种方法中终端所执行的各个步骤的单元(或手段)。再如,还提供另一种装置,包括用以实现以上任一种方法中网络设备所执行的各个步骤的单元(或手段)。An embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus for implementing any one of the foregoing methods. For example, an apparatus includes a unit (or means) for implementing each step performed by a terminal in any one of the foregoing methods. For another example, another apparatus is provided, which includes a unit (or means) for implementing each step performed by a network device in any one of the methods.
请参考图15,其为本申请实施例提供的一种V2X通信装置的示意图。该装置1500用于第一网络设备。如图15所示,该装置1500包括执行以上方法任一方法实施例中第一网络设备所执行的各个步骤的单元或手段(means),且关于这些步骤中的详细描述都可以适用于本装置实施例。例如,该装置1500包括第一通信单元1510和第二通信单元1520。第一通信单元1510用于控制第一网络设备与第二网络设备之间的通信;该第一通信单元1510可以通过第一网络设备与第二网络设备之间的接口(例如X2接口,又可以称为Xn接口)接收和发送消息。第二通信单元1520用于控制与终端之间的通信;该第二通信单元1520可以通过网络设备与终端之间的接口(例如,空口)接收和发送消息。这里的接口是逻辑概念,在实现上需要设置对应的逻辑单元,满足相应接口的协议要求,在节点之间的物理连接上,可以是无线连接,也可以是有线连接。例如,网络设备和终端之间可以采用无线连接的方式,网络设备之间可以采用有线连接的方式。Please refer to FIG. 15, which is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus 1500 is used for a first network device. As shown in FIG. 15, the apparatus 1500 includes units or means for performing each step performed by the first network device in any one of the method embodiments above, and detailed descriptions of these steps can be applied to the apparatus. Examples. For example, the device 1500 includes a first communication unit 1510 and a second communication unit 1520. The first communication unit 1510 is configured to control communication between the first network device and the second network device. The first communication unit 1510 may use an interface between the first network device and the second network device (such as an X2 interface, and may also (Called Xn interface) to receive and send messages. The second communication unit 1520 is configured to control communication with the terminal; the second communication unit 1520 can receive and send messages through an interface (for example, an air interface) between the network device and the terminal. The interface here is a logical concept. In implementation, a corresponding logical unit needs to be set to meet the protocol requirements of the corresponding interface. The physical connection between nodes can be a wireless connection or a wired connection. For example, a wireless connection may be used between the network device and the terminal, and a wired connection may be used between the network devices.
例如,第一通信单元用于向第二网络设备发送请求消息,并从第二网络设备接收该请求消息的响应消息,请求消息用于请求第二网络设备为终端配置V2X资源;响应消息包括V2X资源配置信息,该V2X资源配置信息用于指示第二网络设备为终端配置的V2X资源。第二通信单元用于将V2X资源配置信息发送给终端。For example, the first communication unit is configured to send a request message to the second network device and receive a response message from the second network device. The request message is used to request the second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal; the response message includes V2X Resource configuration information. The V2X resource configuration information is used to instruct a second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal. The second communication unit is configured to send V2X resource configuration information to the terminal.
关于请求消息和V2X资源配置信息的描述同以上实施例。此外,关于其它第一网络设备发送给第二网络设备的信息,和第一网络设备从第二网络设备接收的信息可以通过该第一通信单元进行发送和接收,在此不再赘述。The description about the request message and V2X resource configuration information is the same as the above embodiment. In addition, information about other first network devices to the second network device, and information received by the first network device from the second network device may be sent and received through the first communication unit, and details are not described herein again.
装置1500还可以包括用于执行除发送、接收以外的其它步骤的单元。例如,包括确定单元1530用于根据第一通信单元1510从第二网络设备接收的V2X支持信息,确定第二网络设备支持V2X业务,且触发第一通信单元向第二网络设备发送以上请求消息。The apparatus 1500 may further include a unit for performing steps other than sending and receiving. For example, the determining unit 1530 is configured to determine that the second network device supports V2X services according to the V2X support information received by the first communication unit 1510 from the second network device, and trigger the first communication unit to send the above request message to the second network device.
再如,该装置1500包括确定单元1540。当第二通信单元从终端接收第一请求,该第一请求用于请求V2X资源授权时;确定单元1540用于确定目标网络设备,该目标网络设备为第一网络设备或第二网络设备,或者目标网络设备为第一网络设备和第 二网络设备,且目标网络设备用于提供请求的V2X资源授权。As another example, the apparatus 1500 includes a determining unit 1540. When the second communication unit receives the first request from the terminal, the first request is used to request V2X resource authorization; the determination unit 1540 is used to determine a target network device, which is the first network device or the second network device, or The target network device is a first network device and a second network device, and the target network device is used to provide the requested V2X resource authorization.
再如,以上装置1500可以包括第三通信单元1550,用于与核心网设备进行通信。例如,该第三通信单元1550从核心网设备接收指示信息,该指示信息用于指示用于V3接口的承载。且该装置1500还包括确定单元,用于根据指示信息,确定将承载建立到第一网络设备或第二网络设备。As another example, the above device 1500 may include a third communication unit 1550, configured to communicate with a core network device. For example, the third communication unit 1550 receives instruction information from a core network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate a bearer for a V3 interface. The apparatus 1500 further includes a determining unit, configured to determine whether to establish a bearer to the first network device or the second network device according to the instruction information.
再如,第二通信单元1520用于向终端发送V2X测量配置信息,该V2X测量配置信息包括第二网络设备的小区标识、第二网络设备的小区的V2X资源信息、和V2X测量事件;且进一步用于接收终端根据该V2X测量配置信息进行测量并上报的测量结果。该通信装置1500此时可以包括生成单元,用于生成V2X测量配置信息。可选的,该生成单元可以根据第一通信单元1510从第二网络设备获取的第二网络设备的小区的信息,生成V2X测量配置信息。As another example, the second communication unit 1520 is configured to send V2X measurement configuration information to the terminal, where the V2X measurement configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second network device, V2X resource information of the cell of the second network device, and a V2X measurement event; and further It is used to receive the measurement result that the terminal measures and reports according to the V2X measurement configuration information. The communication device 1500 may include a generating unit for generating V2X measurement configuration information. Optionally, the generating unit may generate V2X measurement configuration information according to the information of the cell of the second network device acquired by the first communication unit 1510 from the second network device.
再如,第二通信单元1520用于向终端发送策略或指示信息,该策略用于确定目标网络设备,该指示信息用于指示目标网络设备,以便终端据此确定目标网络设备,并采用目标网络设备提供的V2X资源授权进行V2X通信。该通信装置1500此时可以包括生成单元,用于生成策略或指示信息。As another example, the second communication unit 1520 is configured to send a policy or instruction information to the terminal, where the policy is used to determine the target network device, and the instruction information is used to instruct the target network device, so that the terminal determines the target network device accordingly and uses the target network. V2X resources provided by the device authorize V2X communication. The communication device 1500 may include a generating unit for generating a policy or instruction information at this time.
再如,第二通信单元1520用于从终端接收第一请求,该第一请求用于请求V2X资源授权。第一网络设备还可以包括确定单元,用于确定目标网络设备,其中目标网络设备为提供V2X资源授权的网络设备,且为第一网络设备或第二网络设备,或者第一网络设备和第二网络设备。当目标网络设备包括第一网络设备时,第一网络设备还包括生成单元,用于生成V2X资源授权,第二通信单元1520还用于向终端发送V2X资源授权。当目标网络设备包括第二网络设备时,第一通信单元1510用于向第二网络设备发送第二请求,用于请求第二网络设备为终端进行V2X资源授权。As another example, the second communication unit 1520 is configured to receive a first request from a terminal, where the first request is used to request V2X resource authorization. The first network device may further include a determining unit for determining a target network device, where the target network device is a network device that provides V2X resource authorization, and is the first network device or the second network device, or the first network device and the second network device. Internet equipment. When the target network device includes the first network device, the first network device further includes a generating unit for generating a V2X resource authorization, and the second communication unit 1520 is further configured to send the V2X resource authorization to the terminal. When the target network device includes a second network device, the first communication unit 1510 is configured to send a second request to the second network device to request the second network device to perform V2X resource authorization for the terminal.
请参考图16,其为本申请实施例提供的一种V2X通信装置的示意图。该装置1600用于第一网络设备。如图16所示,该装置1600包括执行以上方法任一方法实施例中第二网络设备所执行的各个步骤的单元或手段(means),且关于这些步骤中的详细描述都可以适用于本装置实施例。例如,该装置1600包括第一通信单元1610和第二通信单元1620。第一通信单元1610用于控制第二网络设备与第一网络设备之间的通信;该第一通信单元1610可以通过第二网络设备与第一网络设备之间的接口(例如X2接口,又可以称为Xn接口)接收和发送消息。第二通信单元1620用于控制与终端之间的通信;该第二通信单元1620可以通过网络设备与终端之间的接口(例如,空口)接收和发送消息。这里的接口是逻辑概念,在实现上需要设置对应的逻辑单元,满足相应接口的协议要求,在节点之间的物理连接上,可以是无线连接,也可以是有线连接。例如,网络设备和终端之间可以采用无线连接的方式,网络设备之间可以采用有线连接的方式。Please refer to FIG. 16, which is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus 1600 is used for a first network device. As shown in FIG. 16, the apparatus 1600 includes units or means for performing each step performed by the second network device in any one of the method embodiments, and detailed descriptions of these steps can be applied to the apparatus. Examples. For example, the device 1600 includes a first communication unit 1610 and a second communication unit 1620. The first communication unit 1610 is configured to control communication between the second network device and the first network device. The first communication unit 1610 may use an interface between the second network device and the first network device (such as an X2 interface, and may also (Called Xn interface) to receive and send messages. The second communication unit 1620 is configured to control communication with the terminal; the second communication unit 1620 can receive and send messages through an interface (for example, an air interface) between the network device and the terminal. The interface here is a logical concept. In implementation, a corresponding logical unit needs to be set to meet the protocol requirements of the corresponding interface. The physical connection between nodes can be a wireless connection or a wired connection. For example, a wireless connection may be used between the network device and the terminal, and a wired connection may be used between the network devices.
例如,第一通信单元1610用于接收来自第一网络设备的请求消息,该请求消息用于请求第二网络设备为终端配置V2X资源。该通信装置1600还包括配置单元1630,用于根据请求消息为终端配置V2X资源;第二通信单元1620还用于向第一网络设备发送响应消息,该响应消息包括V2X资源配置信息,V2X资源配置信息用于指示为终端配置的V2X资源。For example, the first communication unit 1610 is configured to receive a request message from the first network device, and the request message is used to request the second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal. The communication device 1600 further includes a configuration unit 1630 configured to configure a V2X resource for the terminal according to the request message. The second communication unit 1620 is further configured to send a response message to the first network device. The response message includes V2X resource configuration information and V2X resource configuration. The information is used to indicate the V2X resources configured for the terminal.
再如,第一通信单元1610用于接收来自第一网络设备的V2X资源授权的请求。该装置1600还可以包括授权单元1640,用于根据该请求为终端提供V2X资源授权。As another example, the first communication unit 1610 is configured to receive a request for V2X resource authorization from a first network device. The device 1600 may further include an authorization unit 1640 for providing a V2X resource authorization to the terminal according to the request.
请参考图17,其为本申请实施例提供的一种V2X通信装置的示意图。该装置1700用于终端。如图17所示,该装置1700包括执行以上方法任一方法实施例中终端所执行的各个步骤的单元或手段(means),且关于这些步骤中的详细描述都可以适用于本装置实施例。例如,该装置1700包括通信单元1710,用于与网络设备之间的通信。该通信单元1710可以通过终端与网络设备之间的接口(例如,空口)接收和发送消息。这里的接口是逻辑概念,在实现上需要设置对应的逻辑单元,满足相应接口的协议要求,在节点之间的物理连接上,可以是无线连接,也可以是有线连接。例如,网络设备和终端之间可以采用无线连接的方式。Please refer to FIG. 17, which is a schematic diagram of a V2X communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The device 1700 is used in a terminal. As shown in FIG. 17, the device 1700 includes units or means for performing each step performed by the terminal in any of the method embodiments of the above method, and detailed descriptions of these steps can be applied to this device embodiment. For example, the apparatus 1700 includes a communication unit 1710 for communication with a network device. The communication unit 1710 can receive and send messages through an interface (for example, an air interface) between a terminal and a network device. The interface here is a logical concept. In implementation, a corresponding logical unit needs to be set to meet the protocol requirements of the corresponding interface. The physical connection between nodes can be a wireless connection or a wired connection. For example, a wireless connection may be used between the network device and the terminal.
在一实施例中,以上装置1700还可以包括测量单元1720,用于根据测量配置信息进行测量,获得测量结果。通信单元1710还用于上报该测量结果。In an embodiment, the above device 1700 may further include a measurement unit 1720, configured to perform measurement according to the measurement configuration information to obtain a measurement result. The communication unit 1710 is further configured to report the measurement result.
在又一实施例中,以上装置1700还可以包括确定单元1730和通信单元1740,用于确定目标网络设备,该目标网络设备为第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备。通信单元1740采用目标网络设备配置的V2X资源与其它终端进行V2X通信。关于确定单元1730确定目标网络设备的方式同以上方法实施例。In another embodiment, the above apparatus 1700 may further include a determining unit 1730 and a communication unit 1740, for determining a target network device, where the target network device is a first network device and / or a second network device. The communication unit 1740 uses the V2X resources configured by the target network device to perform V2X communication with other terminals. The manner in which the determining unit 1730 determines the target network device is the same as the foregoing method embodiment.
应理解以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件又可以成为处理器,可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。It should be understood that the division of the units in the above device is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, it may be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity, or it may be physically separated. And all units in the device can be implemented by software through the processing element call; all units can also be implemented by hardware; some units can also be implemented by software via the processing element call, and some units can be implemented by hardware. For example, each unit can be a separately established processing element, or it can be integrated into a chip of the device to achieve it. In addition, it can also be stored in the form of a program in the memory and called and executed by a certain processing element of the device. Features. In addition, all or part of these units can be integrated together, or they can be implemented independently. The processing element described here can again become a processor, which can be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or in a form called by software through a processing element.
在一个例子中,以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA),或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如,当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。In an example, the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple microprocessors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. As another example, when a unit in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU) or other processor that can call a program. As another example, these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
以上任一通信单元是一种该装置的接口电路,用于从其它装置接收信号或向其它装置发送信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该通信单元是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路或向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。Any of the above communication units is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from or sending signals to other devices. For example, when the device is implemented as a chip, the communication unit is an interface circuit that the chip uses to receive signals from other chips or devices or an interface circuit that sends signals to other chips or devices.
请参考图18,其为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。用于实现以上实施例中第一网络设备或第二网络设备的操作。如图18所示,该网络设备包括:天 线1810、射频装置1820、基带装置1830。天线1810与射频装置1820连接。在上行方向上,射频装置1820通过天线1810接收终端发送的信息,将终端发送的信息发送给基带装置1830进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置1830对终端的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置1820,射频装置1820对终端的信息进行处理后经过天线1810发送给终端。Please refer to FIG. 18, which is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. It is used to implement the operations of the first network device or the second network device in the above embodiments. As shown in FIG. 18, the network device includes an antenna 1810, a radio frequency device 1820, and a baseband device 1830. The antenna 1810 is connected to a radio frequency device 1820. In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 1820 receives the information sent by the terminal through the antenna 1810, and sends the information sent by the terminal to the baseband device 1830 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 1830 processes the information of the terminal and sends it to the radio frequency device 1820. The radio frequency device 1820 processes the information of the terminal and sends it to the terminal via the antenna 1810.
基带装置1830可以包括一个或多个处理元件1831,例如,包括一个主控CPU和其它集成电路。此外,该基带装置1830还可以包括存储元件1832和接口1833,存储元件1832用于存储程序和数据;接口1833用于与射频装置1820交互信息,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)。以上用于网络设备(第一网络设备或第二网络设备)的装置可以位于基带装置1830,例如,以上用于网络设备的装置可以为基带装置1830上的芯片,该芯片包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中处理元件用于执行以上网络设备执行的任一种方法的各个步骤,接口电路用于与其它装置通信。在一种实现中,网络设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如用于网络设备的装置包括处理元件和存储元件,处理元件调用存储元件存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的方法。存储元件可以为处理元件处于同一芯片上的存储元件,即片内存储元件,也可以为与处理元件处于不同芯片上的存储元件,即片外存储元件。The baseband device 1830 may include one or more processing elements 1831, including, for example, a main control CPU and other integrated circuits. In addition, the baseband device 1830 may further include a storage element 1832 and an interface 1833. The storage element 1832 is used to store programs and data. The interface 1833 is used to exchange information with the radio frequency device 1820. , CPRI). The above device for a network device (the first network device or the second network device) may be located in a baseband device 1830. For example, the above device for a network device may be a chip on the baseband device 1830, the chip including at least one processing element and An interface circuit, in which the processing element is configured to perform each step of any one of the methods performed by the network device, and the interface circuit is configured to communicate with other devices. In one implementation, the unit that the network device implements each step in the above method may be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler. For example, an apparatus for a network device includes a processing element and a storage element. The processing element calls a program stored by the storage element, The method performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment is performed. The storage element may be a storage element on the same chip as the processing element, that is, an on-chip storage element, or a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element.
在另一种实现中,网络设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于基带装置上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In another implementation, the unit that the network device implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, which are disposed on the baseband device. The processing element here may be an integrated circuit, for example: an Or multiple ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
网络设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现,例如,基带装置包括该SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成至少一个处理元件和存储元件,由处理元件调用存储元件的存储的程序的形式实现以上网络设备执行的方法;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上网络设备执行的方法;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。The unit that implements each step in the above method of the network device may be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC). For example, the baseband device includes the SOC chip to implement the above method. At least one processing element and storage element may be integrated in the chip, and the method executed by the network device may be implemented by the processing element calling a stored program of the storage element; or, at least one integrated circuit may be integrated in the chip to implement the above network The method executed by the device; or, in combination with the above implementation manner, the functions of some units are implemented in the form of a program called by a processing element, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of an integrated circuit.
可见,以上用于网络设备(第一网络设备或第二网络设备)的装置可以包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的任一种网络设备执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即调用存储元件存储的程序的方式执行网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行以上网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤。It can be seen that the above apparatus for a network device (a first network device or a second network device) may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, where at least one processing element is configured to execute any one of the network devices provided by the foregoing method embodiments. Method of implementation. The processing element may perform some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the first manner: by calling a program stored by the storage element; or in the second manner: by combining instructions in the hardware with integrated logic circuits in the processor element Some or all of the steps performed by the network device are performed in a manner of course; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the above network device may also be performed in combination with the first and second methods.
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以是通用处理器,例如CPU,还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储元件的统称。The processing elements here are the same as described above, and may be general-purpose processors, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as: one or more ASICs, or one or more micro-processing Processor DSP, or one or more FPGAs, or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. A storage element may be a single memory or a collective term for multiple storage elements.
请参考图19,其为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图。其可以为以上实 施例中的终端,用于实现以上实施例中终端的操作。如图19所示,该终端包括:天线1910、射频部分1920、信号处理部分1930。天线1910与射频部分1920连接。在下行方向上,射频部分1920通过天线1910接收网络设备发送的信息,将网络设备发送的信息发送给信号处理部分1930进行处理。在上行方向上,信号处理部分1930对终端的信息进行处理,并发送给射频部分1920,射频部分1920对终端的信息进行处理后经过天线1910发送给网络设备。Please refer to FIG. 19, which is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application. It may be the terminal in the above embodiments, and is used to implement the operation of the terminal in the above embodiments. As shown in FIG. 19, the terminal includes: an antenna 1910, a radio frequency portion 1920, and a signal processing portion 1930. The antenna 1910 is connected to the radio frequency part 1920. In the downlink direction, the radio frequency portion 1920 receives information sent by the network device through the antenna 1910, and sends the information sent by the network device to the signal processing portion 1930 for processing. In the uplink direction, the signal processing section 1930 processes the information of the terminal and sends it to the radio frequency section 1920. The radio frequency section 1920 processes the information of the terminal and sends it to the network device via the antenna 1910.
信号处理部分1930可以包括调制解调子系统,用于实现对数据各通信协议层的处理;还可以包括中央处理子系统,用于实现对终端操作系统以及应用层的处理;此外,还可以包括其它子系统,例如多媒体子系统,周边子系统等,其中多媒体子系统用于实现对终端相机,屏幕显示等的控制,周边子系统用于实现与其它设备的连接。调制解调子系统可以为单独设置的芯片。可选的,以上用于终端的装置可以位于该调制解调子系统。The signal processing section 1930 may include a modulation and demodulation subsystem to implement processing of each communication protocol layer of the data; it may also include a central processing subsystem to implement processing of the terminal operating system and the application layer; in addition, it may also include Other subsystems, such as multimedia subsystems and peripheral subsystems. Among them, the multimedia subsystem is used to control the terminal camera and screen display, and the peripheral subsystem is used to achieve connection with other devices. The modem subsystem can be a separately set chip. Optionally, the above device for a terminal may be located in the modulation and demodulation subsystem.
调制解调子系统可以包括一个或多个处理元件1931,例如,包括一个主控CPU和其它集成电路。此外,该调制解调子系统还可以包括存储元件1932和接口电路1933。存储元件1932用于存储数据和程序,但用于执行以上方法中终端所执行的方法的程序可能不存储于该存储元件1932中,而是存储于调制解调子系统之外的存储器中,使用时调制解调子系统加载使用。接口电路1933用于与其它子系统通信。The modem subsystem may include one or more processing elements 1931, for example, including a main control CPU and other integrated circuits. In addition, the modem subsystem may further include a storage element 1932 and an interface circuit 1933. The storage element 1932 is used to store data and programs, but the program for executing the method executed by the terminal in the above method may not be stored in the storage element 1932, but stored in a memory other than the modem subsystem, and used When the modem subsystem is loaded. The interface circuit 1933 is used to communicate with other subsystems.
以上用于终端的装置可以位于调制解调子系统,该调制解调子系统可以通过芯片实现,该芯片包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中处理元件用于执行以上终端执行的任一种方法的各个步骤,接口电路用于与其它装置通信。在一种实现中,终端实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如用于终端的装置包括处理元件和存储元件,处理元件调用存储元件存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中终端执行的方法。存储元件可以为处理元件处于同一芯片上的存储元件,即片内存储元件。The above device for a terminal may be located in a modulation and demodulation subsystem, which may be implemented by a chip. The chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, and the processing element is configured to perform any method performed by the terminal. Each step of the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices. In one implementation, the unit that the terminal implements each step in the above method may be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler. For example, a device for a terminal includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls a program stored by the storage element to execute the above. The method executed by the terminal in the method embodiment. The storage element may be a storage element whose processing element is on the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element.
在另一种实现中,用于执行以上方法中终端所执行的方法的程序可以在与处理元件处于不同芯片上的存储元件,即片外存储元件。此时,处理元件从片外存储元件调用或加载程序于片内存储元件上,以调用并执行以上方法实施例中终端执行的方法。In another implementation, the program for executing the method executed by the terminal in the above method may be a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element. At this time, the processing element calls or loads the program from the off-chip storage element to the on-chip storage element to call and execute the method executed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
在又一种实现中,终端实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于调制解调子系统上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In another implementation, the unit that implements each step in the above method of the terminal may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are provided on the modulation and demodulation subsystem. The processing elements here may be integrated circuits, such as : One or more ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
终端实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现,该SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成至少一个处理元件和存储元件,由处理元件调用存储元件的存储的程序的形式实现以上终端执行的方法;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上终端执行的方法;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。The unit that implements each step in the above method in the terminal may be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC). The SOC chip is used to implement the above method. At least one processing element and storage element may be integrated in the chip, and the method executed by the above terminal may be implemented by the processing element calling a stored program of the storage element; or, at least one integrated circuit may be integrated in the chip to implement the above terminal execution. Or, in combination with the above implementation, the functions of some units are implemented in the form of a program called by a processing element, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of an integrated circuit.
可见,以上用于终端的装置可以包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的任一种终端执行的方法。处理元件可以 以第一种方式:即调用存储元件存储的程序的方式执行终端执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行终端执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行终端执行的部分或全部步骤。It can be seen that the above apparatus for a terminal may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, where at least one processing element is configured to execute any method performed by the terminal provided by the foregoing method embodiments. The processing element can execute some or all steps executed by the terminal in the first way: by calling a program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: by integrating the integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor element with the instruction Some or all of the steps performed by the terminal are performed in a manner; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the terminal may also be performed in combination with the first and second methods.
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以是通用处理器,例如CPU,还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储元件的统称。The processing elements here are the same as described above, and may be general-purpose processors, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as: one or more ASICs, or one or more micro-processing Processor DSP, or one or more FPGAs, or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. A storage element may be a single memory or a collective term for multiple storage elements.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解:实现上述方法实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成,前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,执行包括上述方法实施例的步骤;而前述的存储介质包括:ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。Those of ordinary skill in the art may understand that all or part of the steps of implementing the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by a program instructing related hardware. The foregoing program may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, the program is executed. The method includes the steps of the foregoing method embodiment. The foregoing storage medium includes: a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and other media that can store program codes.

Claims (50)

  1. 一种V2X通信方法,包括:A V2X communication method includes:
    第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求第二网络设备为终端配置V2X资源;The first network device sends a request message to the second network device, where the request message is used to request the second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal;
    所述第一网络设备从所述第二网络设备接收所述请求消息的响应消息,所述响应消息包括V2X资源配置信息,所述V2X资源配置信息用于指示为所述终端配置的V2X资源;Receiving, by the first network device, a response message of the request message from the second network device, the response message includes V2X resource configuration information, and the V2X resource configuration information is used to indicate a V2X resource configured for the terminal;
    所述第一网络设备将所述V2X资源配置信息发送给所述终端。Sending, by the first network device, the V2X resource configuration information to the terminal.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述请求消息包括所述终端的V2X信息。The method according to claim 1, wherein the request message includes V2X information of the terminal.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端的V2X信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个:V2X请求指示,V2X授权信息,V2X聚合最大比特速率AMBR,V2X能力信息,V2X最大发射功率,和V2X业务类型信息。The method according to claim 2, wherein the V2X information of the terminal comprises one or more of the following information: V2X request indication, V2X authorization information, V2X aggregate maximum bit rate AMBR, V2X capability information, V2X maximum Transmit power, and V2X service type information.
  4. 如权利要求1至3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising:
    所述第一网络设备向所述终端发送转移到所述第二网络设备的V2X业务类型信息。Sending, by the first network device, the V2X service type information transferred to the second network device to the terminal.
  5. 如权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述V2X资源配置信息包括边链路无线网络临时标识SL-RNTI和V2X资源。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the V2X resource configuration information comprises a side-link wireless network temporary identification SL-RNTI and a V2X resource.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述V2X资源配置信息还包括以下信息中的一个或多个:V2X的同步配置、同步参考类型配置、区域配置信息、V2X异频信息、边链路发送优先级配置参数、边链路的优先级、调制编码策略MCS、和发送功率。The method according to claim 5, wherein the V2X resource configuration information further comprises one or more of the following information: V2X synchronization configuration, synchronization reference type configuration, area configuration information, V2X inter-frequency information, edge The link transmission priority configuration parameters, the priority of the side link, the modulation and coding strategy MCS, and the transmission power.
  7. 如权利要求1至6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, further comprising:
    所述第一网络设备从所述第二网络设备接收V2X支持信息;Receiving, by the first network device, V2X support information from the second network device;
    所述第一网络设备根据所述V2X支持信息,确定所述第二网络设备支持V2X业务时,向所述第二网络设备发送所述请求消息。When the first network device determines that the second network device supports V2X services according to the V2X support information, the first network device sends the request message to the second network device.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述V2X支持信息包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the V2X support information comprises:
    V2X能力信息,用于指示所述第二网络设备是否支持V2X业务;或者,V2X capability information, used to indicate whether the second network device supports V2X services; or
    V2X业务类型,用于指示所述第二网络设备支持的V2X业务类型;或者A V2X service type, used to indicate a V2X service type supported by the second network device; or
    V2X服务质量QoS参数,用于指示所述第二网络设备支持的V2X QoS;或者,A V2X quality of service QoS parameter, used to indicate a V2X QoS supported by the second network device; or
    提供V2X服务的频率,用于指示所述第二网络设备支持的用于V2X服务的频率。A frequency for providing a V2X service is used to indicate a frequency for the V2X service supported by the second network device.
  9. 如权利要求1至8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, further comprising:
    所述第一网络设备向终端发送通知信息,所述通知信息用于指示所述第一网络设备支持为所述终端配置更多小区的V2X资源的能力。The first network device sends notification information to a terminal, where the notification information is used to indicate that the first network device supports a capability of configuring more cell V2X resources for the terminal.
  10. 如权利要求1至9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, further comprising:
    所述第一网络设备向终端发送V2X测量配置信息,所述V2X测量配置信息包括所述第二网络设备的小区标识、所述第二网络设备的小区的V2X资源信息、和V2X测量事件;Sending, by the first network device, V2X measurement configuration information to a terminal, where the V2X measurement configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second network device, V2X resource information of a cell of the second network device, and a V2X measurement event;
    所述第一网络设备接收所述终端根据所述V2X测量配置信息进行测量并上报的 测量结果。Receiving, by the first network device, a measurement result that is measured and reported by the terminal according to the V2X measurement configuration information.
  11. 如权利要求1至10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备分别支持第一无线接入技术RAT和第二RAT,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the first network device and the second network device support a first radio access technology RAT and a second RAT, respectively, and the method further comprises :
    所述第一网络设备从终端接收为第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求V2X资源授权;Receiving the first network device from the terminal as a first request, where the first request is used to request V2X resource authorization;
    所述第一网络设备确定目标网络设备,所述目标网络设备为第一网络设备或第二网络设备,或者目标网络设备为第一网络设备和第二网络设备,且所述目标网络设备用于提供所述请求的V2X资源授权;The first network device determines a target network device, the target network device is a first network device or a second network device, or the target network device is a first network device and a second network device, and the target network device is used for Providing the requested V2X resource authorization;
    所述第一网络设备向所述终端发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述目标网络设备。Sending, by the first network device, indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate the target network device.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述目标网络设备包括第二网络设备时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein when the target network device comprises a second network device, the method further comprises:
    所述第一网络设备向所述第二网络设备发送第二请求,用于向所述第二网络设备请求所述V2X资源授权。The first network device sends a second request to the second network device to request the V2X resource authorization from the second network device.
  13. 如权利要求1至12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备分别支持第一RAT和第二RAT,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the first network device and the second network device support a first RAT and a second RAT, respectively, and the method further comprises:
    所述第一网络设备向所述终端发送策略,所述策略用于确定目标网络设备,其中所述目标网络设备为提供V2X资源授权的网络设备,且为所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备。The first network device sends a policy to the terminal, where the policy is used to determine a target network device, wherein the target network device is a network device that provides V2X resource authorization, and is the first network device or the first network device. Two network equipment.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述策略包括业务类型与RAT的对应关系或者QoS参数与RAT的对应关系,或业务类型与网络设备的对应关系或者QoS参数与网络设备的对应关系;或者,所述策略包括QoS参数的门限值;或者,所述策略包括QoS参数的预设值或预设范围。The method according to claim 13, wherein the policy comprises a correspondence between a service type and a RAT, or a correspondence between a QoS parameter and a RAT, or a correspondence between a service type and a network device, or a correspondence between a QoS parameter and a network device Relationship; or the policy includes a threshold value of a QoS parameter; or the policy includes a preset value or a preset range of the QoS parameter.
  15. 如权利要求1至14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备分别支持第一RAT和第二RAT,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the first network device and the second network device support a first RAT and a second RAT, respectively, and the method further comprises:
    所述第一网络设备从核心网设备接收指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示用于V3接口的承载,其中V3接口为终端与V2X控制功能实体之间的接口;The first network device receives instruction information from a core network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate a bearer for a V3 interface, where the V3 interface is an interface between a terminal and a V2X control function entity;
    所述第一网络设备根据所述指示信息,确定将所述承载建立到所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备。The first network device determines to establish the bearer to the first network device or the second network device according to the instruction information.
  16. 一种V2X通信装置,用于第一网络设备,包括:A V2X communication device for a first network device includes:
    第一通信单元,用于向第二网络设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求第二网络设备为终端配置V2X资源;A first communication unit, configured to send a request message to a second network device, where the request message is used to request the second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal;
    所述第一通信单元,还用于从所述第二网络设备接收所述请求消息的响应消息,所述响应消息包括V2X资源配置信息,所述V2X资源配置信息用于指示为所述终端配置的V2X资源;The first communication unit is further configured to receive a response message of the request message from the second network device, where the response message includes V2X resource configuration information, and the V2X resource configuration information is used to indicate configuration for the terminal. V2X resources;
    第二通信单元,用于将所述V2X资源配置信息发送给所述终端。A second communication unit, configured to send the V2X resource configuration information to the terminal.
  17. 如权利要求16所述的装置,其特征在于,所述请求消息包括所述终端的V2X信息。The apparatus according to claim 16, wherein the request message includes V2X information of the terminal.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述终端的V2X信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个:V2X请求指示,V2X授权信息,V2X聚合最大比特速率AMBR, V2X能力信息,V2X最大发射功率,和V2X业务类型信息。The device according to claim 17, wherein the V2X information of the terminal comprises one or more of the following information: V2X request indication, V2X authorization information, V2X aggregate maximum bit rate AMBR, V2X capability information, V2X maximum Transmit power, and V2X service type information.
  19. 如权利要求16至18任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二通信单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 16 to 18, wherein the second communication unit is further configured to:
    向所述终端发送转移到所述第二网络设备的V2X业务类型信息。Sending to the terminal the V2X service type information transferred to the second network device.
  20. 如权利要求16至19任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述V2X资源配置信息包括边链路无线网络临时标识SL-RNTI和V2X资源。The device according to any one of claims 16 to 19, wherein the V2X resource configuration information comprises a side-link wireless network temporary identifier SL-RNTI and a V2X resource.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,所述V2X资源配置信息还包括以下信息中的一个或多个:V2X的同步配置、同步参考类型配置、区域配置信息、V2X异频信息、边链路发送优先级配置参数、边链路的优先级、调制编码策略MCS、和发送功率。The device according to claim 20, wherein the V2X resource configuration information further comprises one or more of the following information: V2X synchronization configuration, synchronization reference type configuration, area configuration information, V2X inter-frequency information, edge The link transmission priority configuration parameters, the priority of the side link, the modulation and coding strategy MCS, and the transmission power.
  22. 如权利要求16至21任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括第一确定单元,其中:The device according to any one of claims 16 to 21, further comprising a first determining unit, wherein:
    所述第一通信单元还用于从所述第二网络设备接收V2X支持信息;The first communication unit is further configured to receive V2X support information from the second network device;
    所述第一确定单元用于根据所述V2X支持信息,确定所述第二网络设备支持V2X业务,且所述第一通信单元用于在所述第一确定单元确定所述第二网络设备支持V2X业务时,向所述第二网络设备发送所述请求消息。The first determining unit is configured to determine that the second network device supports V2X services according to the V2X support information, and the first communication unit is configured to determine that the second network device supports the first determining unit. Sending a request message to the second network device during a V2X service.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述V2X支持信息包括:The apparatus according to claim 22, wherein the V2X support information comprises:
    V2X能力信息,用于指示所述第二网络设备是否支持V2X业务;或者,V2X capability information, used to indicate whether the second network device supports V2X services; or
    V2X业务类型,用于指示所述第二网络设备支持的V2X业务类型;或者A V2X service type, used to indicate a V2X service type supported by the second network device; or
    V2X服务质量QoS参数,用于指示所述第二网络设备支持的V2X QoS;或者,A V2X quality of service QoS parameter, used to indicate a V2X QoS supported by the second network device; or
    提供V2X服务的频率,用于指示所述第二网络设备支持的用于V2X服务的频率。A frequency for providing a V2X service is used to indicate a frequency for the V2X service supported by the second network device.
  24. 如权利要求16至23任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二通信单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 16 to 23, wherein the second communication unit is further configured to:
    向终端发送通知信息,所述通知信息用于指示所述第一网络设备支持为所述终端配置更多小区的V2X资源的能力。Send notification information to the terminal, where the notification information is used to indicate the ability of the first network device to support the configuration of more cell V2X resources for the terminal.
  25. 如权利要求16至24任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二通信单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 16 to 24, wherein the second communication unit is further configured to:
    向终端发送V2X测量配置信息,所述V2X测量配置信息包括所述第二网络设备的小区标识、所述第二网络设备的小区的V2X资源信息、和V2X测量事件;Sending V2X measurement configuration information to the terminal, where the V2X measurement configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second network device, V2X resource information of a cell of the second network device, and a V2X measurement event;
    接收所述终端根据所述V2X测量配置信息进行测量并上报的测量结果。Receiving a measurement result that the terminal performs measurement according to the V2X measurement configuration information and reports.
  26. 如权利要求16至25任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备分别支持第一无线接入技术RAT和第二RAT,所述装置还包括第二确定单元:The apparatus according to any one of claims 16 to 25, wherein the first network device and the second network device support a first radio access technology RAT and a second RAT, respectively, and the apparatus further includes Second determination unit:
    所述第二通信单元还用于从终端接收第一请求,所述第一请求用于请求V2X资源授权;The second communication unit is further configured to receive a first request from a terminal, where the first request is used to request V2X resource authorization;
    所述第二确定单元用于确定目标网络设备,所述目标网络设备为第一网络设备或第二网络设备,或者目标网络设备为第一网络设备和第二网络设备,且所述目标网络设备用于提供所述请求的V2X资源授权;The second determining unit is configured to determine a target network device, where the target network device is a first network device or a second network device, or the target network device is a first network device and a second network device, and the target network device For providing the requested V2X resource authorization;
    所述第二通信单元还用于向所述终端发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述 目标网络设备。The second communication unit is further configured to send instruction information to the terminal, where the instruction information is used to indicate the target network device.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,当所述目标网络设备包括第二网络设备时,所述第一通信单元还用于:The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein when the target network device includes a second network device, the first communication unit is further configured to:
    向所述第二网络设备发送第二请求,用于向所述第二网络设备请求所述V2X资源授权。And sending a second request to the second network device to request the V2X resource authorization from the second network device.
  28. 如权利要求16至27任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备分别支持第一RAT和第二RAT,所述第二通信单元还用于:The apparatus according to any one of claims 16 to 27, wherein the first network device and the second network device support a first RAT and a second RAT, respectively, and the second communication unit is further configured to: :
    向所述终端发送策略,所述策略用于确定目标网络设备,其中所述目标网络设备为提供V2X资源授权的网络设备,且为所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备。And sending a policy to the terminal, where the policy is used to determine a target network device, where the target network device is a network device that provides V2X resource authorization and is the first network device or the second network device.
  29. 如权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述策略包括业务类型与RAT的对应关系或者QoS参数与RAT的对应关系,或业务类型与网络设备的对应关系或者QoS参数与网络设备的对应关系;或者,所述策略包括QoS参数的门限值;或者,所述策略包括QoS参数的预设值或预设范围。The apparatus according to claim 28, wherein the policy comprises a correspondence between a service type and a RAT or a correspondence between a QoS parameter and a RAT, or a correspondence between a service type and a network device or a correspondence between a QoS parameter and a network device Relationship; or the policy includes a threshold value of a QoS parameter; or the policy includes a preset value or a preset range of the QoS parameter.
  30. 如权利要求16至29任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备分别支持第一RAT和第二RAT,所述装置还包括:The apparatus according to any one of claims 16 to 29, wherein the first network device and the second network device support a first RAT and a second RAT, respectively, and the apparatus further comprises:
    第三通信单元,用于从核心网设备接收指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示用于V3接口的承载,其中V3接口为终端与V2X控制功能实体之间的接口;A third communication unit, configured to receive instruction information from a core network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate a bearer for a V3 interface, where the V3 interface is an interface between a terminal and a V2X control function entity;
    第三确定单元,用于根据所述指示信息,确定将承载建立到所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备。A third determining unit is configured to determine to establish a bearer to the first network device or the second network device according to the instruction information.
  31. 一种V2X通信装置,与存储器相连,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,以执行如权利要求1至15任一项所述的方法。A V2X communication device connected to a memory and used to read and execute a program stored in the memory to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 15.
  32. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括程序,所述程序被处理器执行时,用于实现如权利要求1至15任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium includes a program, which is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 15 when the program is executed by a processor.
  33. 一种V2X通信方法,包括:A V2X communication method includes:
    第二网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求所述第二网络设备为终端配置V2X资源;The second network device receives a request message from the first network device, the request message is used to request the second network device to configure a V2X resource for the terminal;
    所述第二网络设备根据所述请求消息为所述终端配置V2X资源;Configuring, by the second network device, a V2X resource for the terminal according to the request message;
    所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送响应消息,所述响应消息包括V2X资源配置信息,所述V2X资源配置信息用于指示为所述终端配置的V2X资源。The second network device sends a response message to the first network device, where the response message includes V2X resource configuration information, and the V2X resource configuration information is used to indicate a V2X resource configured for the terminal.
  34. 如权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述请求消息包括所述终端的V2X信息。The method according to claim 33, wherein the request message includes V2X information of the terminal.
  35. 如权利要求34所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端的V2X信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个:V2X请求指示,V2X授权信息,V2X聚合最大比特速率AMBR,V2X能力信息,V2X最大发射功率,和V2X业务类型信息。The method according to claim 34, wherein the V2X information of the terminal comprises one or more of the following information: V2X request indication, V2X authorization information, V2X aggregate maximum bit rate AMBR, V2X capability information, V2X maximum Transmit power, and V2X service type information.
  36. 如权利要求33至35任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述V2X资源配置信息包括边链路无线网络临时标识SL-RNTI和V2X资源。The method according to any one of claims 33 to 35, wherein the V2X resource configuration information comprises a side-link wireless network temporary identification SL-RNTI and a V2X resource.
  37. 如权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,所述V2X资源配置信息还包括以下信息中的一个或多个:V2X的同步配置、同步参考类型配置、区域配置信息、V2X异频信息、边链路发送优先级配置参数、边链路的优先级、调制编码策略MCS、和发 送功率。The method according to claim 36, wherein the V2X resource configuration information further comprises one or more of the following information: V2X synchronization configuration, synchronization reference type configuration, area configuration information, V2X inter-frequency information, edge The link transmission priority configuration parameters, the priority of the side link, the modulation and coding strategy MCS, and the transmission power.
  38. 如权利要求33至37任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 33 to 37, further comprising:
    所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送V2X支持信息。The second network device sends V2X support information to the first network device.
  39. 如权利要求38所述的方法,其特征在于,所述V2X支持信息包括:The method according to claim 38, wherein the V2X support information comprises:
    V2X能力信息,用于指示所述第二网络设备是否支持V2X业务;或者,V2X capability information, used to indicate whether the second network device supports V2X services; or
    V2X业务类型,用于指示所述第二网络设备支持的V2X业务类型;或者A V2X service type, used to indicate a V2X service type supported by the second network device; or
    V2X服务质量QoS参数,用于指示所述第二网络设备支持的V2X QoS;或者,A V2X quality of service QoS parameter, used to indicate a V2X QoS supported by the second network device; or
    提供V2X服务的频率,用于指示所述第二网络设备支持的用于V2X服务的频率。A frequency for providing a V2X service is used to indicate a frequency for the V2X service supported by the second network device.
  40. 如权利要求33至39任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备分别支持第一无线接入技术RAT和第二RAT,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 33 to 39, wherein the first network device and the second network device respectively support a first radio access technology RAT and a second RAT, and the method further comprises :
    所述第二网络设备从所述第一网络设备接收V2X资源授权的请求;Receiving, by the second network device, a request for V2X resource authorization from the first network device;
    所述第二网络设备根据所述请求,为所述终端提供所述V2X资源授权。The second network device provides the terminal with the V2X resource authorization according to the request.
  41. 一种V2X通信装置,用于第二网络设备,包括:A V2X communication device for a second network device includes:
    通信单元,用于接收来自第一网络设备的请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求所述第二网络设备为终端配置V2X资源;A communication unit, configured to receive a request message from a first network device, where the request message is used to request the second network device to configure a V2X resource for a terminal;
    配置单元,用于根据所述请求消息为所述终端配置V2X资源;A configuration unit, configured to configure a V2X resource for the terminal according to the request message;
    所述通信单元,还用于向所述第一网络设备发送响应消息,所述响应消息包括V2X资源配置信息,所述V2X资源配置信息用于指示为所述终端配置的V2X资源。The communication unit is further configured to send a response message to the first network device, where the response message includes V2X resource configuration information, and the V2X resource configuration information is used to indicate a V2X resource configured for the terminal.
  42. 如权利要求41所述的装置,其特征在于,所述请求消息包括所述终端的V2X信息。The apparatus according to claim 41, wherein the request message includes V2X information of the terminal.
  43. 如权利要求42所述的装置,其特征在于,所述终端的V2X信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个:V2X请求指示,V2X授权信息,V2X聚合最大比特速率AMBR,V2X能力信息,V2X最大发射功率,和V2X业务类型信息。The device according to claim 42, wherein the V2X information of the terminal comprises one or more of the following information: V2X request indication, V2X authorization information, V2X aggregate maximum bit rate AMBR, V2X capability information, V2X maximum Transmit power, and V2X service type information.
  44. 如权利要求41至43任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述V2X资源配置信息包括边链路无线网络临时标识SL-RNTI和V2X资源。The device according to any one of claims 41 to 43, wherein the V2X resource configuration information includes a side-link wireless network temporary identifier SL-RNTI and a V2X resource.
  45. 如权利要求44所述的装置,其特征在于,所述V2X资源配置信息还包括以下信息中的一个或多个:V2X的同步配置、同步参考类型配置、区域配置信息、V2X异频信息、边链路发送优先级配置参数、边链路的优先级、调制编码策略MCS、和发送功率。The device according to claim 44, wherein the V2X resource configuration information further comprises one or more of the following information: V2X synchronization configuration, synchronization reference type configuration, area configuration information, V2X inter-frequency information, edge The link transmission priority configuration parameters, the priority of the side link, the modulation and coding strategy MCS, and the transmission power.
  46. 如权利要求41至45任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述通信单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 41 to 45, wherein the communication unit is further configured to:
    向所述第一网络设备发送V2X支持信息。Sending V2X support information to the first network device.
  47. 如权利要求46所述的装置,其特征在于,所述V2X支持信息包括:The apparatus according to claim 46, wherein the V2X support information comprises:
    V2X能力信息,用于指示所述第二网络设备是否支持V2X业务;或者,V2X capability information, used to indicate whether the second network device supports V2X services; or
    V2X业务类型,用于指示所述第二网络设备支持的V2X业务类型;或者A V2X service type, used to indicate a V2X service type supported by the second network device; or
    V2X服务质量QoS参数,用于指示所述第二网络设备支持的V2X QoS;或者,A V2X quality of service QoS parameter, used to indicate a V2X QoS supported by the second network device; or
    提供V2X服务的频率,用于指示所述第二网络设备支持的用于V2X服务的频率。A frequency for providing a V2X service is used to indicate a frequency for the V2X service supported by the second network device.
  48. 如权利要求41至47任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备分别支持第一无线接入技术RAT和第二RAT,所述装置还包括授权单元:The apparatus according to any one of claims 41 to 47, wherein the first network device and the second network device support a first radio access technology RAT and a second RAT, respectively, and the apparatus further includes Authorization unit:
    所述通信单元还用于从所述第一网络设备接收V2X资源授权的请求;The communication unit is further configured to receive a request for V2X resource authorization from the first network device;
    所述授权单元,用于根据所述请求为所述终端提供所述V2X资源授权。The authorization unit is configured to provide the terminal with the V2X resource authorization according to the request.
  49. 一种V2X通信装置,与存储器相连,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,以执行如权利要求33至40任一项所述的方法。A V2X communication device connected to a memory and used to read and execute a program stored in the memory to execute the method according to any one of claims 33 to 40.
  50. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括程序,所述程序被处理器执行时,用于实现如权利要求33至40任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium includes a program, and when the program is executed by a processor, the method is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 33 to 40.
PCT/CN2019/091653 2018-06-27 2019-06-18 V2x communication method, device, and system WO2020001317A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810706021.3A CN110650454B (en) 2018-06-27 2018-06-27 V2X communication method, device and system
CN201810706021.3 2018-06-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020001317A1 true WO2020001317A1 (en) 2020-01-02

Family

ID=68984725

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/091653 WO2020001317A1 (en) 2018-06-27 2019-06-18 V2x communication method, device, and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN110650454B (en)
WO (1) WO2020001317A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114503693A (en) * 2021-12-31 2022-05-13 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Power configuration method and device of terminal, communication equipment and storage medium
WO2023019432A1 (en) * 2021-08-17 2023-02-23 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Resource configuration method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2023216770A1 (en) * 2022-05-07 2023-11-16 华为技术有限公司 Resource state interaction method and communication apparatus

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113225846A (en) * 2020-01-21 2021-08-06 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN113709874A (en) * 2020-05-22 2021-11-26 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 Method for determining side-link configuration authorized time domain resource and user equipment
CN113271561B (en) * 2020-09-29 2022-05-20 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and device for determining communication mode and storage medium
CN112333826B (en) * 2020-11-05 2023-08-11 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Service admission method and device
WO2022151104A1 (en) * 2021-01-13 2022-07-21 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Multicast broadcast service data receiving method and apparatus

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017135028A1 (en) * 2016-02-04 2017-08-10 Sony Corporation Cooperative vehicle-to-anything (v2x) communication from terminal device to vehicle-mounted device with support from base station or road side unit (rsu)
WO2017155361A1 (en) * 2016-03-11 2017-09-14 엘지전자 주식회사 Resource allocation method and device for v2x communication
CN107580340A (en) * 2016-07-05 2018-01-12 普天信息技术有限公司 A kind of resource regulating method in V2X networks
US20180049084A1 (en) * 2016-08-12 2018-02-15 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for performing user equipment autonomous resource reselection based on counter in wireless communication system
EP3297358A1 (en) * 2015-05-08 2018-03-21 LG Electronics Inc. Method for terminal for carrying out v2x communication in wireless communication system and terminal utilizing the method

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3352484B1 (en) * 2015-09-18 2020-09-23 Nec Corporation Base station device, wireless terminal and method therefor
CN108023757B (en) * 2016-11-03 2020-04-28 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for managing network slice instances

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3297358A1 (en) * 2015-05-08 2018-03-21 LG Electronics Inc. Method for terminal for carrying out v2x communication in wireless communication system and terminal utilizing the method
WO2017135028A1 (en) * 2016-02-04 2017-08-10 Sony Corporation Cooperative vehicle-to-anything (v2x) communication from terminal device to vehicle-mounted device with support from base station or road side unit (rsu)
WO2017155361A1 (en) * 2016-03-11 2017-09-14 엘지전자 주식회사 Resource allocation method and device for v2x communication
CN107580340A (en) * 2016-07-05 2018-01-12 普天信息技术有限公司 A kind of resource regulating method in V2X networks
US20180049084A1 (en) * 2016-08-12 2018-02-15 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for performing user equipment autonomous resource reselection based on counter in wireless communication system

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023019432A1 (en) * 2021-08-17 2023-02-23 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Resource configuration method and apparatus, and storage medium
CN114503693A (en) * 2021-12-31 2022-05-13 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Power configuration method and device of terminal, communication equipment and storage medium
CN114503693B (en) * 2021-12-31 2023-09-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Terminal power configuration method, device, communication equipment and storage medium
WO2023216770A1 (en) * 2022-05-07 2023-11-16 华为技术有限公司 Resource state interaction method and communication apparatus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110650454A (en) 2020-01-03
CN110650454B (en) 2021-10-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020001317A1 (en) V2x communication method, device, and system
US11924144B2 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring aggregate maximum bit rate
KR102301907B1 (en) Method for establishing a fronthaul interface, method for performing access for a ue, method and apparatus for performing a handover for a ue, data forwarding method, user equipment and base station
EP3689061B1 (en) Methods for performing dual connectivity in sidelink communications, communication node and computer-readable medium
US20200022203A1 (en) Mobile communication system, control apparatus, base station, and user terminal supporting dual connectivity
US10433348B2 (en) Method for reconfiguring data radio bearer and user equipment
KR20210126691A (en) Apparatus, system, method and computer readable medium for connection-oriented vehicle-to-X (VTX) communication in 5G
WO2020001470A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium
US20170171837A1 (en) A resource allocation method, apparatus, system and computer storage medium
US20180139745A1 (en) Method for reconfiguring data radio bearer and user equipment
US20190327782A1 (en) Dual connectivity method and access network devicecross-reference to related applications
WO2021097858A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022052851A1 (en) Quality of service (qos) monitoring method
EP4354770A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting data
CN105191401B (en) Method for determining mobility of user equipment with dual connectivity in communication system
WO2022033543A1 (en) Relay communication method, and communication apparatus
WO2021174377A1 (en) Switching method and communication apparatus
WO2021031035A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022033293A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022082798A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022165813A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022179434A1 (en) Multicast/broadcast service communication method, apparatus and system
WO2024007895A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
JP2024504024A (en) Communication device and communication method for operating in power-saving state
CN115515081A (en) Wireless communication method and communication device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19826003

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19826003

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1